UNIT 1: RELATIONSHIP

LISTENING
LEAD-IN
1 C, D
2 Conversation 1:D Conversation 2: C
IDENTIFYING THE SPEAKERS 3
1M 2F 3F 4M
45A 6B
LISTENING FOR NUMBERS
5 a 3rd b $10.50 c 6th d 70 e 19 f 62 g £110 h 27th

61B 2C
7 1 17th 2 20
8B
91B 2B
10 1 30 / thirty 2 20 / twenty 3 10 / ten
MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS
11 1 c 2 e 3 d 4 a 5 b

12
1 The relationship between the people 3 Colour 5 Food

2 The type of event 4 The meaning of something 6 Presents

EXAM SKILLS

Page 1
13 1 A 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 C 6 B

SCRIPT

2,3,4

Conversation 1

Manager: Good evening, Willowtree Hotel. How can I help?

Customer: Hello, I'd like to make a reservation in your restaurant for next Saturday evening.

Manager: Next Saturday? If you hold on, I'll just check ... So... for how many people?

Customer: I need a table for 12 - it's my husband's 30th birthday, so we're having a celebration dinner.

Conversation 2

Sales assistant: Good afternoon, can I help you?

Customer: Yes, I'm looking for a gift for my sister. She's going to be 18 next week. So I thought a piece of
jewellery would be nice.

Sales assistant: Good idea! Do you have anything particular in mind - a necklace, perhaps?

Customer: Mm, she has so many necklaces. I was thinking of a pair of earrings, possibly.

Sales assistant: Does she have a favourite colour?

Customer: Mm, she likes blue....

5 a the 3rd b $10.50 c the 6th d 70 e 19 f 62 g £110 h the 27th

Customer: I need a table for 12 - it's my husband's 30th birthday, so we're having a celebration dinner.

Manager: So that's 12 people for the 16th.

Customer: No, no, it's the day after - the 17th - Saturday the 17th, at eight o'clock.

Page 2
Manager: Ah, yes, of course. A party of 12 for the Saturday... Oh, I'm sorry, but I'm afraid our main restaurant
is fully booked that evening, but we do have a small room available for private hire. It can seat up to 20
people, so therewould be plenty of space for 12 of you.

Customer: That sounds perfect.

Customer: That sounds perfect.

Manager: Excellent. Now we offer a set three-course menu for £23 per person and we can also supply you with
a birthday cake at no extra charge. How does that sound?

Customer: That sounds good. So how much would that cost in total?

Manager: Let me see-for the food and the room, that will come to £318.

Customer: Did you say three hundred and eighty pounds?

Manager: No, three hundred and eighteen.

Customer: OK, I think I'd like to go ahead and make a booking.

Manager: OK, I'll just take your details.

Sales assistant: Good afternoon, can I help you?

Customer: Yes, I'm looking for a gift for my sister. She's going to be 18 next week. So I thought a piece of
jewellery would be nice.

Sales assistant: Good idea! Do you have anything particular in mind - a necklace, perhaps?

Customer: Mm, she has so many necklaces. I was thinking of a pair of earrings, possibly.

Sales assistant: Does she have a favourite colour?

Customer: Mm, she likes blue...

Page 3
Sales assistant: What about this pair? They have some beautiful little blue stones.

Customer: Mm... They're quite nice, I suppose.

Sales assistant: They're silver, and they're handmade, so you won't find anything like them anywhere else.

Customer: Oh, really? So, how much are they?

Sales assistant: Well, they were £30, but actually we've got a sale on at the moment, so they're a little cheaper -
only £20. So you can save £10!

Customer: Great. I'll take them.

Sales assistant: And would you like me to giftwrap them for you?

Customer: How much do you charge for that?

Sales assistant: For £4 we give you a pretty box and your own choice of wrapping paper. Or for £5 you can
have our luxury wrapping service, which includes a silver box and silver ribbon. And if you would like a card
to write your own personal message, that will be £2 extra.

Customer: Well, it's a special birthday so I'll take the luxury option. But I already have a card, thank you.

Sales assistant: That's fine. I'll do that for you now. And how would you like to pay - cash or card?

10

Customer: Oh, really? So, how much are they?

Sales assistant: Well they were £30, but actually we've got a sale on at the moment, so they're a little cheaper -
only £20. So you can save £10!

13

Mark: Hi there, Nam! You aren't still working on your history assignment, are you?

Nam: Hi, Victor! No, I'm taking a break. I'm looking at some photos, actually - a family celebration. Do you
want to see them?

Mark: So, who's the cute baby in this picture here?

Page 4
Nam: She's my niece - my brother's daughter. Her name's Tae Hee. She's one year old in this picture. It's a very
important birthday in Korea - we call it 'Dolor Doljanchi. It's a very special celebration - in fact, I think it's
probably more important than a wedding or a graduation! And we invite all our family and friends and
sometimes our neighbours. Here's a picture of the restaurant where we celebrated Tae-Hee's big day.

Mark: What a lovely place - and a beautiful garden, too.

Nam: Yes, it's a perfect location for taking photographs. Can you see me just there next to the trees?

Mark: Ah yes, I like your hat! And I like the red and silver hat Tae-Hee's wearing too. It's really pretty.

Nam: Yes, it's a traditional hat for a girl. Baby boys wear a different one - all black. It looks very

serious!

Mark: That's a bit boring. Black and silver would be more interesting. What's Tae-Hee wearing round her skirt?

Nam: That's a little purse. Boy babies wear this too. It's made of silk and it means good luck in our culture. And
she's wearing a belt too. Look - do you see? The belt means she will have a long life!

Mark: And what's this on the table there? It's very colourful. Nam: It's rice cakes. Mark: I've never
seen anything like that before. It looks like a rainbow!

Nam: We always eat rice cakes at a baby's party. There are usually 12 different types of them on the table.
Look - this rice cake is completely orange in colour and this one here is bright green!

Mark: It looks like a vegetable!

Nam: Now, look - this is me with my brother's wife, Mi-Cha. We get on really well together.

Mark: What are you holding?

Nam: Oh, it's a little bag. All the guests get a gift bag at the end of the party. And inside there's a present from
the baby's parents. It's really fun to open it because you don't know what you'll get. So it could be a candle, or
some chocolates. Guess what I got? You can see it in this next photo.

Mark: It looks like a box of tea. But shouldn't it be the other way round the baby gets the presents?

Nam: Well, the baby receives money from the guests, so in a way you're right! And actually, I've got my
present right here. So, why don't we open the box right now and have a cup of tea? Then we can try to finish our
assignments.

Page 5
Mark: Sounds good to me!

HOMEWORK
Homework 1:
£56.50
£11.17
£69.09
£1067.00
£109.45
£198000
£550.00
£15670.00
£175900
£1350000

Check-up:
1 That’s fifty-six fifty altogether.
2 That comes to eleven seventeen.
3 The total is sixty-nin ounds nine pence.
4 It costs one thousand and sixty-seven pounds.
5 That comes to a hundred and nine pounds and forty-five
pence. 6 The price is one hundred and ninety-eight thousand
pounds.
7 That's five hundred and fifty pounds.
8 They cost fifteen thousand six hundred and seventy pounds.
9 It was sold for one hundred and seventy-five thousand, nine hundred
pounds. 10 They sold it for one million, three hundred and fifty thousand
pounds.

Page 6
Homework 2:

Page 7
Watch $140 = £10
Calculator $35 = £2.5
Cassette recorder $11,360 = £50
Necklace $91 = £25

Check-up:
Listen to a customs officer at Heathrow Airport asking David Carter how much he paid for the things he
bought on holiday. Write the correct price next to each item and what its value is in pounds.
Co Excuse me sir, can I ask you where you've just travelled from?
David Yes, from Hong Kong. And I've been to Tokyo and Singapore too.
Co Is this your luggage? Can I look in your bag?
(pause) Did you buy these things on holiday?
David Yes, I did.
Co How much did you pay for the watch?
David Oh, let me see, I've got the receipts here. Yes, that was a hundred and forty Hong Kong dollars.
Co One hundred and forty Hong Kong dollars. Right, that's about ten pounds. And the calculator?
David Oh, that was only, er, thirty-five dollars in Hong Kong.
Co Thirty-five dollars. Erm, that's about two pounds fifty. What did this cassette recorder cost?
David The cassette recorder? That cost eleven thousand three hundred and sixty yen. I bought it in Tokyo.
Co Eleven thousand three hundred and sixty yen – that must be about fifty pounds. Did you buy this
necklace while you were away?
David Yes I did, in Singapore. It cost ninety-one dollars.
Co Right, that’s about, twenty-five pounds. So, ten pounds for the watch, two fifty for the calculator, fifty
pounds for the cassette recorder and twenty-five pounds for the necklace. Right, so you spent more than eighty-
seven pounds. Did you know that thirty two pounds is the most you can spend tax-free?

Homework 3

1. Total = £350

£50 notes x 7

Page 8
2. Total = £500

£20 x 10

£50 x 3

£10 x 15

3. Total = £1500

£50 x 20

£20 x 25

4. Total = £150

£20 x 5

£10 x 5

Check-up:

Listen to people changing traveller's cheques at a bank. How much money do they want to change? How many
of each kind of note do they want?
1 A I'd like to change these traveller's cheques,
please. B Certainly, how much would you like to
change?
A Three hundred and fifty, please.
B And how would you like that?
A In fifties, please.
2 A Could I change these traveller's cheques,
please? B Yes. How many have you got there?
A Five hundred pounds.
B Right, just sign them, please. And how would you like that?
A I'd like ten twenties, three fifties, and the rest in tens.
3 A Can I help you?

Page 9
B Yes, I'd like to change these cheques.
A Yes. How many, please?
B I've got fifteen hundred pounds worth.
A Certainly. Just sign them for me. And how would you like that?
B In large notes, please. Could I have twenty fifties and the rest in twenties please.
4 A Would you like to change those?
B Yes, please.
A How much do you have?
B A hundred and fifty altogether.
A And how would you like it?
B In tens and twenties, please.
A Shall I give you five twenties and the rest in tens?
B Yes, that's fine.

Homework 4:
1 It's only £45.
2 No, this is the cheapest.
3 No, £1550.
4 Not more than £50.
5 The ring's cheaper.
6 £2.50 is enough.
7 Oh, did you?
8 Oh, I'm sorry. Let me check it again.

Check-up:
Listen to these questions about money and prices and choose the best response.
1 How much is the camera?
2 Do you have anything cheaper?

Page 10
3 Did you say £1510?
4 How much money do you want to spend?
5 Which is the cheaper, the ring or the bracelet?
6 The meal was really good. How much shall we tip the
waitress? 7 I'm sorry, I made a mistake with your bill.
8 Sorry, you made a mistake with the bill.

Homework 5:
1 313597 4 0519 23092 7 068 91 789
2 743678 5 0457 64332 8 339279
3 01 808 7688 6 041 904 5308 9 0425 5781

SPEAKING
USING ADJECTIVES AND NOUNS TO DESCRIBE YOUR FAMILY
2 (not) a large family, a small family, a typical family, a close, happy family
3 You can't say 'a best family'.
GRAMMAR FOCUS: ADVERBS OF FREQUENCY SOMETIMES, OFTEN,
NEVER, RARELY AND ALWAYS
4 1 once a week
2 on Saturdays or Sundays / at weekends
3 to the beach
4 They usually go for a long walk.
5 His cousin sometimes comes with them.

SCRIPT
Examiner: How often do you go out with your family?

Candidate: Sorry? Can you repeat that?

Page 11
Examiner: How often do you go out with your family?

Candidate: Well... we're a close family, we like spending a lot of time together. We try to go out once a week -
usually at weekends-on Saturdays or Sundays. We all really like being in the fresh air so we often go for a long
walk along the beach. We enjoy going early in the morning when it's quiet. We never go when it's crowded!
We live near a big park, so we sometimes go there. We usually go for a long walk and sometimes have a
barbecue by the lake. Sometimes our cousin comes along too. He loves running around in the sunshine. He
even enjoys swimming in the lake, so it's a good day out for him too!

5 Student’s own answers.

ANSWERING PART 1 QUESTIONS

61c 2d 3b 4a
7 2 close 3 eating 4 cook 5 married 6/7 niece/nephew
EXTENDING YOUR ANSWERS IN SPEAKING PART 1
8 1 Student B 2 Student A 3 Student C
9 Sample answers, but many others are possible
1 ... because they are the most important people in my life.
2 ... but we still get along very well.
3 ... and she is going to move to a different city with her husband.
4 ... so I don't spend as much time with him as I want to.
5 ... even though he is quite a bit older.
PRONUNCIATION
10
/s/ asks, keeps, talks, wants
/z/ enjoys, plays
/iz/ chooses, watches

SCRIPT

2 Examiner: Let's talk about family. So, tell me about your family.

Page 12
Hoi Chin: My family? Well, my family isn't a large family. It's quite a small family, in fact - and quite a typical
family for my country. Just my parents, my older brother and me. So, I'm the baby of the family! I think we're a
close, happy family. We do a lot of things together, particularly preparing food- and eating it of course!

7 Hoi Chin: My family? Well, my family isn't a large family. It's quite a small family in fact - and quite a
typical family for my country. Just my parents, my older brother and me. So, I'm the baby of the family! I think
we're a close, happy family. We do a lot of things together, particularly preparing food - and eating it of course!
Yes, we spend a lot of time in the kitchen. My father's a very good cook - he's much better than my mother.

My brother's getting married next year, so I'm really looking forward to having a sister-in-law! And who
knows? Perhaps our family will get bigger in the future! I'd love to have a niece or a little nephew to take to the
park one day. Yes, I really want to be an aunt!

8 Student A: I get own really well with both of my sisters. The older one's at university in Australia, so I
don't see her very often any more. The younger one still lives at home though, and we spend all of our free
time together.

Student B: I'm a lot like my father. We look similar and have the same interests.

Student C: Most people say that I'm similar to my father because we both have green eyes and black hair.
However, I think that I'm more similar to my mother in character. We're both easy-going and calm, so I think
it's a mixture of both.

9 asks, chooses, enjoys, keeps, plays, talks, wants, watches

10 Examiner: Is there anyone in your family who annoys you sometimes?

A: My father watches football on TV and shouts a lot.

B: My brother plays on the computer all the time.

C: My mother keeps telling me to tidy my room.

READING
1 1 My brother is my parents'
son.

Page 13
2 My cousin is my aunt or uncle's son or daughter.

3 My father-in-law is my husband or wife's father.

4 My grandfather is my mother or father's father.

5 My uncle is my mother or father's brother.

6 My aunt is my mother or father's sister.

7 My nephew is my brother or sister's son.

8 My niece is my brother or sister's daughter.

9 My great-aunt is my grandmother or grandfather's sister.

10 My grandmother is my mother or father's mother.

2 2, 3, 4 and 5 are mentioned in the text.

31h 2g 3a 4b 5f 6c 7e 8d

4 grandparents' stories (paragraph

D) cousin's wedding (A)

young adults (E)

extended families (B) come and go

(G) Italian proverb (F)

To find information quickly, don't read every word. Don't try to say the words. Move your eyes quickly across
and down the text. Use your finger if you find it useful.

5 1 percentage/children/extended families/Asia, the Middle East, South America, Sub-Saharan Africa

2 grandparents/less busy/stressed/parents

3 young adults/think/living alone

Page 14
6 1 over 40%

2 They are often retired.

3 (They think it will be) exciting.

71b 2d 3a 4c

8 1 over 40% 2 grandparents' stories 3 lonely 4 your grandmother

9 1 present simple 2b

10 1 always 2 often 3 often; (not) always 4 usually 5 Sometimes

11 The frequency adverb is usually between the subject and the verb. (I often cook). When the verb is 'to be',
the adverb comes after the verb. (It is always cold.) Some frequency adverbs can also start a sentence.
(Sometimes I watch TV.)

12 1 social media 2 geographically mobile 3 less security 4 convenience 5 mental health problems

HOMEWORK
PASSAGE 1
Câu 1: BOXES
Câu 2: COLUMNS
Câu 3: DESIGN
Câu 4: ICING
Check-up 1:
Question Kind of word(s) Keywords in the Synonyms in the passage Where have you found
you need for the sentence the evidence for answers
gap in the passage

1 Noun Examples of The first multi-tiered Passage 3

wedding cakes cakes

Page 15
 Several A succession of
2 Noun In the early 1900s, The beginning of the 20th Passage 3
century
keep individual Cake tiers were separated
cakes apart
3 Noun The size of these Dimension Passage 4
cakes
Affects pricing The cost of … depending
on
4 Noun Between cakes Between each cake
Stopped higher cakes The cakes from the upper
sinking into tower tiers did not sink into the
cakes lower tiers

Check-up 2:

Cuối thế kỷ 17, có một bước phát triển mới khi bánh cưới bắt đầu được làm theo cặp, một chiếc dành cho cô
dâu và một chiếc dành cho chú rể. Cả hai chiếc bánh đều là bánh trái cây đậm màu; Bánh của chú rể nhỏ hơn
bánh của cô dâu, được cắt thành những ô vuông nhỏ đặt trong hộp để khách mang về làm kỷ niệm ngày cưới.
Những chiếc bánh dành cho chú rể dần dần bị lãng quên và không còn là một phần trong đám cưới của người
Anh. Tuy nhiên, truyền thống này đã được hồi sinh ở Hoa Kỳ, nơi trong nhiều năm, chiếc bánh của chú rể
được dùng làm quà cưới cho khách mời. Những chiếc bánh dành cho chú rể hiện đại thường được tạo hình và
trang trí để mô tả sở thích của chú rể, ví dụ như túi chơi gôn, máy ảnh, bàn cờ.

Bánh của chú rể không bao giờ được phủ kem, nhưng bánh cô dâu được phủ kem trắng lần đầu tiên xuất hiện
vào khoảng thế kỷ 17. Sau khi bánh được nướng, nó được phủ một lớp kem trắng mịn, mịn màng được làm từ
đường tinh luyện gấp đôi, lòng trắng trứng và nước hoa cam. Hỗn hợp được đánh trong hai giờ, sau đó phết lên
bánh và sấy khô trong lò cho đến khi cứng. Màu trắng tinh khiết được ưa chuộng nhiều để làm kem phủ bánh
cưới vì kem phủ màu trắng có nghĩa là chỉ sử dụng loại đường tinh luyện tốt nhất. Vì vậy, một chiếc bánh trắng
tinh là biểu tượng địa vị vì nó thể hiện sự giàu có của gia đình.
PASSAGE 2
Câu 1: B
Câu 2: C
Câu 3: E
Câu 4: A
Check-up 1:

Page 16
 Question Answers Synonyms in the passage Where have you found the
evidence for answers in the
passage

1 B. Competition between Sibling rivalry Passage 1

brothers and sisters
2 C. parents who demonstrate often more surrounded by an Passage 3
vocational commitment atmosphere of work
3 E a patient approach to in less of a hurry to achieve Passage 3
achieving success for themselves
4 A he was the first in a someone who sets the family Passage 1
creative line. career in motion
Check-up 2:
Hiện nay đã có bằng chứng cho thấy rằng hầu hết trẻ nhỏ, nếu được tạo đủ cơ hội và được khuyến khích, đều có
thể đạt được thành tích học tập hoặc thể thao ở mức độ đáng kể và bền vững. Những đứa trẻ sáng dạ hoặc sáng
tạo thường đồng thời rất năng động về thể chất, và do đó có thể nhận được nhiều sự quan tâm của cha mẹ hơn -
gần như theo mặc định - để đảm bảo an toàn cho chúng. Họ cũng có thể nói chuyện sớm hơn, và điều này lại tạo
ra sự quan tâm của cha mẹ. Điều này đôi khi có thể gây ra vấn đề với các anh chị em khác, những người có thể
cảm thấy ghen tị mặc dù bản thân họ có thể thông minh. Tài năng sáng tạo của họ có thể bị đánh giá thấp và do
đó không bao giờ thành hiện thực. Kết quả là hai chủ đề dường như xuyên suốt các gia đình sáng tạo nổi tiếng.
Đầu tiên là cha mẹ có thể xác định được tài năng của từng đứa trẻ để nuôi dưỡng và khuyến khích chúng một
cách phù hợp nhưng một cách công bằng. Sự khác biệt cá nhân được khuyến khích và sự cạnh tranh thân thiện
giữa anh chị em không được coi là một vấn đề cụ thể. Chẳng hạn, nếu người cha là một diễn viên nổi tiếng, thì
không có áp lực quá đáng nào buộc con cái phải theo ông vào hội đồng, mà thay vào đó, những sở thích đã chọn
của chúng được khuyến khích. Thậm chí không cần phải có bất kỳ tài năng rõ ràng nào trong một gia đình như
vậy vì luôn cần phải có người định hướng sự nghiệp của gia đình, như trường hợp của triều đại diễn xuất Sheen.

WRITING
LESSON 1: WRITING
INTRODUCTION TO IELTS WRITING
WRITING AN INTRODUCTION
LEAD IN

Page 17
Question: How much time do you spend with your family?

I. OVERVIEW
A. IELTS writing task 1
1. Instruction
Activity 1: Fill in the blank

You should spend about 20 minutes on this task

Summarize the information by selecting and reporting the main features and make comparisons
You should write at least 150 words.

 Number of words:…………………………………………………
 Length of time:…………………………………………………….

2. Types of chart/graph
Activity 2: Write down the name of each graph/chart below

Map line graph bar chart table

Pie chart process mixed graph

Key:

a. Line graph

Page 18
 b. Table
c. Process
d. Pie chart
e. Mixed graph
f. Map
g. Bar chart
There are……types of chart/graph, including……………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Key: 7

Line graph, table, process, pie chartm mixed graph, map, bar chart

3. Structure
Activity 3: Fill in the blank

Key:

Introduction

Overview

Body 1

Body 2

Structure:
Introducti
on
Overview
Body 1

4. Marking criteria
Activity 4: match the suitable criteria with the requirements below

Lexical resource Grammatical range and accuracy

Task achievement Coherence and Cohesion

Requirements Criteria

Page 19
 Tiêu chí này sẽ đánh giá bài viết của bạn có giải Task achievement
quyết và bám sát nội dung của đề bài hay không.
Trong phần Task 1, bạn cần phải trả lời được câu
hỏi chung đưa ra trong đề bài, và cung cấp các
dẫn chứng, luận điểm liên quan một cách chặt
chẽ. Đây sẽ là tiêu chí giúp giám khảo đánh giá
kiến thức tổng quát cũng như định hướng tư duy
của thí sinh.
thể hiện việc tổ chức và sắp xếp thông tin trong Coherence and Cohesion
khi cohesion đề cập đến sự liên kết trong bài viết

tiêu chí đánh giá khả năng sử dụng từ vựng và Lexical resource
vốn từ đa dạng trong bài. Tiêu chí này được
đánh giá thông qua các yếu tố nhỏ:
 Spelling: Hãy chú trọng rà soát thật
kỹ để không mắc lỗi chính tả nhé.
Điều này sẽ ảnh hưởng khá lớn đến
điểm số đấy.
 Range of vocabulary: Chú ý trau dồi
và sử dụng vốn từ thật đa dạng!!!!!
Đây là khả năng sử dụng cấu trúc ngữ pháp linh Grammatical range and accuracy
hoạt. Giám khảo không chỉ đánh giá cấu trúc ngữ
pháp đa dạng mà còn chú trọng các cấu trúc phức
tạp và câu đảo ngữ. Đây cũng là tiêu chí đánh giá
độ chính xác của cấu trúc ngữ pháp. Giám khảo sẽ
đánh giá các lỗi sai bạn mắc phải và độ nghiêm
trọng của lỗi sai.

5. Common mistakes
Activity 5: What is wrong with this sentence

In my opinion, the number of students go up a lot

In my opinion: personal opinion

Go up: wrong grammar use

A lot: spoken language

 NO personal opinion

Page 20
  NO wrong grammar use
 NO spoken language

Introduction
I. Introduction
You chould spend about 20 minutes on this task.
The graph below shows the number of tourists to particular Caribbean island between 2010 and 2017
Summaries the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons whe
Write at least 150 words.

Activity 6: Rearrange the words below to make a complete introduction for the graph above

information about/The line graph/gives/people/the number of/visiting/a Caribbean island/eight years/the

period of/during/starting/2010/from

The line graph gives information about the number of people visiting a Caribbean island during the period of
eight years starting from 2010.

Page 21
 Example: The line graph gives information about the number of people visiting
a S +. V + What
Caribbean island during the period of eight years starting from 2010.
Where + When

 Structure of an introduction: S + V + What + Where + When

Activity 7: Compare the question and the introduction

Subject (S) Verb (V) What Where When

Đề bài The graph Shows The number of A Carribean Between 2010
tourist island and 2017
Mở bài The line graph Gives The number of A Carribean during the
information people visting island period of eight
about years starting
from 2010

PARAPHRASE

A. Subject
Activity 8: match the phrases/words with their synonyms

a. Bar chart/pie chart/table/

1. Graph
b. Line graph
2. Chart
Key:

1. B
2. A
SUMMARY

Given phrases Paraphrase

Graph Line graph
Chart Bar chart/ pie chart/ table /

Check-up 1: Fill in the blanks

The graph shows the number of Internet users in Viet Nam from 2000 to 2020

Question Paraphrase
The graph

Page 22
Key: the line graph

B. Verb
Activity 9: find the synonyms for the given phrases

Key: Give information about

Draw a conclusion of

SUMMARY

Given phrases Paraphase

Show Give information about
Draw a conclusion of

Check-up 2: Fill in the blanks

The graph shows the number of Internet users in Viet Nam from 2000 to 2020

Question Paraphrase
Shows Give information about
Draw a conclusion of

C. What
Activity 10: Find the correct answer

Answer: D

Analyse: The number of + N(general countable nouns) + relative clause

SUMMARY

Given phrases Paraphrase

The number of N(specific)(countable nouns) The number of N(general)(countable nouns) +
relative clause
The amount of N(specific)(uncountable couns) The amount of N(general)(uncountable couns) +
relative clause

Activity 11: how much or how many

1. The graph shows the number of footall players in Viet Nam from 2000 to 2020
 The graph shows people played in Viet Nam from 2000 to 2020

Page 23
 Key: how many

Analyze: how many + S(general)(countable nouns) + V(s/ed)

SUMMARY

Given phrases Paraphrase

The number of N(specific)(countable nouns) How many + N(general)(countable nous) +
V(s/ed)
The amount of N(specific)(uncountable couns) How much + N(general)(uncountable nouns) +
V(s/ed)

Check-up 3: Fill in the blanks

The graph shows the number of Internet users in Viet Nam from 2000 to 2020

1. The graph shows the number of/the amount of people who used Internet in Viet Nam from 2000 to 2020
2. The graph shows how many/how much people used Internet in Viet Nam from 2000 to 2020
Key:

The number of

How many

D. Where
Activity 12: Choose the correct word to fill in the blanks

1. The graph shows the number of footall players in Viet Nam, Japan and Korea from 2000 to 2020
 The graph shows the number of footall players in three……………., namely Viet Nam, Japan and Korea
from 2000 to 2020
Key: Countries

Analyze: N(general), namely + A,B, and C.

SUMMARY

Given phrases Paraphrase

A, B, and C N, namely A,B, and C

Page 24
Check-up 4: : Fill in the blanks

The graph shows the number of Internet users in Tunisia, Japan, and China from
2000 to 2020

 The graph shows the number of Internet users in three………………………, …………………………

Tunisia, Japan, and China from 2000 to 2020
Key: countries/ namely

E. When
Activity 13: Fill in the blanks

Key: between/and

period/years

Analyze: from A to B = between A and B

during the period of X years starting from Y

SUMMARY

Given phrases Paraphrase

From A to between A and B
during the period of X years starting from Y

Check-up: 5: Fill in the blanks

The graph shows the number of Internet users in Viet Nam from 2000 to 2020

Question Paraphrase
From 2000 to 2020

Key: between 2000 and 2020

During the period of 20 years starting from 2000

Check-up 6: rewrite the question below to make a complete instruction

Page 25
 The graph shows the number of visitors to England, German, and France from 2015 to
2020
Key: The line graphs gives information about the number of people who visited three different countries, namely
England, German, and France during the period of 5 years starting from 2015.

PRACTICE
Exercise 1: Paraphrase the sentences below

Key
1. The bar chart gives information about the proportion of people who used the Internet in three different
nations, namely Vietnam, China and Malaysia during the period of 5 years from 2015.
2. The line graph gives the information about how many Vietnamese people there were over the period of 7 years
starting from 2015.
3. The line graph gives the information how many people came to three different cities, namely Ha Noi,
Da nang and Ho Chi Minh city in the period of three years starting from 2020
4. The given line graph gives the information about how many houses were built in Viet Nam from 2000 and 2020.
5. The given pie charts gives the information about the amount of electricity produced in three different
nations, namely England, Spain, and Germany from 1950 to 2000.

HOMEWORK
Key
1. The table gives the information about the amount of domestic water which was used in 3
different nations namely England, Spain, and Germany between 2017 and 2020.
2. The bar chart gives the information about the proportion of people who owned TV in Vietnam
from 2015 to 2020.
3. The given graph gives the information about how much Vietnamese government spent on the Education from
2000 to 2010.
4. The line graph gives the information about the proportion of people who visited Youtube between
2015 and 2020.
5. The line graph gives the information about how many Vietnamese students there were in three
different nations, namely America, England, and Germany from 2016 to 2018.

Page 26
Page 27
 UNIT 2: PLACES AND BUILDINGS
LISTENING
LEAD-IN
1 A sports centre B museum C bank D railway station E bus stop F restaurant G harbour
2 Travel and transport: bus stop, railway
station Sports and leisure: sports centre,
restaurant
Arts and culture: museum
Money: bank

3 1 sports centre 2 bank

SPELLING NAMES
4 1 A 2 Clarke 3 2 Waddington
5 1 all one word 2 with 3 end 4 double
SHORT-ANSWER QUESTIONS
6 2 How much did each person pay for their meal?
3 What time is the bus due?
4 Where is the bus stop?
5 How long did the course last?
6 Which TWO things did the speaker do on the course?
7 What is the date of the next course?
8 Who will lead the course?
7
a date - 7 a meal or a kind of food - 1
a price – a name of a person - 8
2 the names of activities or skills - 6
a period of time - 5 a place - 4
a time - 3
Page 28
8 Questions 2,3,5,7
9 1 steak 2 20
10 ‘Shoes’ is correct - 'he bought shoes' is three words, and the question asked for no more than one
word and/or a number'.
11 1 7.50 is the correctanswer, seven fiftty is incorrect because it is spelt wrong; 7.15 / seven fifteen is not
the correct time.
2 Blythe Road
12 1 two / 2 days 2 safety rules
3 ist (of) September / 1 September 4 Jon Galloway
EXAM SKILLS
13 You need to write a number only for questions 3 and 5.
14 1 What kind of tour did the woman do?
2 How did she find out about the tour?
3 How many people were on the tour?
4 What is the address of the hire shop?
5 How much did each student in the group pay?
6-7 Which TWO items were included in the cost of the hire?
8 What is the website address of the hire shop?
15
1 bike/cycle/cycling (tour) 3 8/eight 5 15/fifteen (dollars) 7 lock/helmet
2 (by) email 4 22 Barkway Street 6 helmet/lock 8 tradelectric.com

SCRIPT

3 Conversation 1

Man: Good morning, how can I help you?

Woman: Hello, I'd like some information about your facilities.

Page 29
Man: OK, well we have a swimming pool, squash courts, a gym and we have a couple of outdoor tennis courts
too. You may have seen them on the left as you came in. Now, our website tells you how you can become a
member and how much the yearly fee is. Do you want to make a note of the address?

Conversation 2

Bank clerk: Good afternoon, can I help you?

Customer: I'd like to open a new account please.

Bank clerk: Certainly - now, is it a basic account you're looking to open or a savings account?

Customer: A savings account.

Bank clerk: Right - we can complete your application online. I'll just get the form up on screen now. It won't
take long.

Conversation 1

Man: Good morning, how can I help you?

Woman: Hello, I'd like some information about your facilities.

Man: OK, well we have a swimming pool, squash courts, a gym and we have a couple of outdoor tennis courts
too. You may have seen them on the left as you came in. Now, our website tells you how you can become a
member and how much the yearly fee is. Do you want to make a note of the address?

Woman: Oh, yes please. I'll just put it on my phone now.

Man: OK, it's WWW dot getactive dot com. That's G-E-T-A-C-T-I-V-E dot com.

Woman: 'Get active' is that all one word?

Man: Yes, that's right.

Woman: OK, I've got that. Thanks very much for your help.

Conversation 2

Page 30
Bank clerk: Good afternoon, can I help you?

Customer: I'd like to open a new account, please.

Bank clerk: Certainly - now, is it a basic account you're looking to open or a savings account?

Customer: A savings account.

Bank clerk: Right, we can complete your application online. I'll just get the form up on screen now. It won't
take long. So, I just need a few personal details. Can you give me your full name, please?

Customer: James Clarke.

Bank clerk: Is that Clark with an 'e' or without?

Customer: It's got an 'e' at the end. C-L-A-R-K-E.

Bank clerk: And where do you live? What's your address?

Customer: 2 Waddington Road.

Bank clerk: Can you spell that for me?

Customer: That's W-A-double D-I-N-G-T-O-N Road.

Bank clerk: Is that Waddington with a double D, did you say?

Customer: That's right.

Bank clerk: OK, so I just need a little more information about ...

5 Man: Do you want to make a note of the address?

Woman: Oh, yes please. I'll just put it on my phone now.

Man: OK, it's WWW dot getactive dot com. That's G-E-T-A-C-T-I-V-E dot com.

Woman: 'Get active' - is that all one word?

Man: Yes, that's right.

Page 31
…

Bank clerk: So, I just need a few personal details. Can you give me your full name, please?

Customer: James Clarke.

Bank clerk: Is that Clark with an 'e' or without?

Customer: It's got an 'e' at the end. C-L-A-R-K-E.

Bank clerk: And where do you live? What's your address?

Customer: 2 Waddington Road.

Bank clerk: Can you spell that for me?

Customer: That's W-A-double D-I-N-G-T-O-N Road.

Bank clerk: Is that Waddington with a double D, did you say?

Customer: That's right.

A: I really enjoyed that little place we went to last weekend – there was a really good choice of meat and fish,
wasn't there?

B: Did you really think so? I wish I could say the same, but actually, I thought it was pretty limited. There were
far too many fish dishes on the menu and I can't stand seafood. There just wasn't enough meat.

A: Oh, come on Jo! We really enjoyed the steak we had, and you said that the beef the people on the other table
were eating looked delicious too.

B: Well, I won't be going back. It was much too expensive.

A: Well, I thought it was pretty reasonable. In fact I couldn't believe it when the bill arrived. £40, including a
tip. That's only £20 per person. You can't get steak for less than £15 anywhere in town.

11

Page 32
David: Hi, Leila! Where are you? We need to leave for the party soon.

Leila: I'm on my way home - I'm still waiting for the bus. I was going to get a taxi back but I've just checked
my phone and there's a bus due in about 15 minutes - 7.50 pm to be exact. And it seems to be running on time.
It left the railway station a couple of minutes ago, so it's not too far away.

David: Do you want me to pick you up? I've got the car, so it's no problem. Where's the bus stop exactly?

Leila: It's the one on Blythe Road.

David: Blythe Road? I'm just checking it on my phone. Is that B-L-Y-T-H?

Leila: There's an e at the end of Blythe.

David: Got it. OK, I won't be long.

Leila: Actually, David - no need to pick me up. The traffic lights have just changed and I can see the bus
coming now. I'd better go - I'll see you at home in a few minutes.

12

Darren: Hi there, Alicia! How was your weekend? You were on a sailing course down at the harbour,
weren't you?

Alicia: That's right - I really enjoyed breathing in all that fresh sea air. It was only two days but the time flew
by! The instructor began by teaching us safety rules, which was necessary, but not very exciting. But then on
the first morning we learnt how to open the sails and I even learnt how to turn the boat. The water wasn't as
calm as it looked, I can tell you - I lost my balance a few times!

Darren: Sounds like you had a lot of fun. I'd love to learn to sail.

Alicia: Well, there are plenty of courses and I think they run them once a month - So just let me check the
website here. OK, so this was my course here - see - 4th and 5th of August. Now you could sign up for the
next one, at the beginning of September. And it looks like there are still some spaces available.

Darren: So, the next one starts on 1st of September? I think I could do that.

Alicia: Well, let me give you the name of the course leader so that you can give him a call. He's a really
experienced sailor ... OK, it's Jon Galloway.

Page 33
Darren: Is that the usual spelling of John?

Alicia: No, there's no 'H'- he's just J-O-N.

Darren: OK, got you. And did you say his surname's Galloway? Can you spell that for me?

Alicia: Yes - Galloway - that's G-A-double L-O-W-A-Y. And I've got his number too. Why don't you give him
a ring?

15

Jon: So, how's your very first week at university going, Rita? It's Orientation Week for all you new
students, isn't it?

Rita: Yes, that's right - Orientation Week Yes, it's great fun – there are so many different events going on
to help us make friends and find our way around the university. And to get around the city, come to that!
But you'll remember all that, Jon. You were a new student once!

Jon: That's true. I remember I went on a walking tour of the city on my first day. And i think some students did
a bus tour.

Rita: Well, I did a bike tour - I was sent an email about it and I decided to sign up. There were only eight
places and there were seven other names on the list already, so I got the very last place.

Jon: I didn't know you had a bike.

Rita: I don't have a bike but that didn't matter. We all hired them - from a little cycle hire shop on Barkway
Street. You probably know the place.

Jon: Barclay Street? Do you mean the 'Barclay Street' on campus?

Rita: No, it's Barkway Street - B-A-R-K-W-A-Y.Number 22 Barkway Street, to be exact. It was great - we
could choose a traditional bike or an electric one.

Jon: Sol take it you went electric!

Rita: Yes, of course I did! Well, think about it - why ride a traditional bike when you can get around the city
much faster on an electric one! And because there was a group of us, it wasn't too expensive. In fact the cycle
hire was only a $120 for the whole group. So the cost was only $15 per person and that was for three whole
hours!

Page 34
Jon: Did you say $50?

Rita: No, $15. So I thought it was really quite cheap. And I didn't have to bring along a helmet to wear either.
That was included - and we also got a lock, so it was easy to park our bikes safely when we wanted to stop and
take a break!

Jon: Sounds good. Have you got the website address of the place you got your bike from? I quite like the
idea of doing a bike tour.

Rita: Yes - it's a really easy one to remember. It's tradelectric.com

Jon: Can you say that again? Rita: tradelectric - T-R-A-D-E-L-E-C-T-R-I-Call one word dot com

Jon: Thanks, Rita.

Rita: No problem. Hey, maybe we can do a bike tour together. I'd love to cycle as far as the harbour next time.

Jon: Great! That's a date then!

HOMEWORK
Homework 1:
1 89 Mount Street 4 2 Portman Street W1
2 103 Waterloo Road 5 193 Picadilly
3 623 Holloway Road 6 256 Grays Inn Road
Check-up:
Listen to people asking for the addresses of these places. Tick the correct address.
1 A What's the address of American Express?
B It's 89 Mount Street.
2 A Could I have the address of Asia Pacific Travel,
please? B The address is 103 Waterloo Road.
3 A Do you have the address of Black and Decker?
B Yes, their address is 623 Holloway Road.

Page 35
4 A I wonder if you could give me the address of Gulf
House? B Yes, the address is 2 Portman Street, W1.
5 A What's the address of Pan American,
please? B It's 193 Piccadilly.
6 A Where's the Eastman Dental Hospital?
B It's at 256 Grays Inn Road.

Homework 2:
1 Tosh Asada 5 Gerald Kirkby
2 Monika Manning 6 Francine La
3 Karl Gass Tuille 7 Richard
4 Sophie Jacobs Forsythe
8 Martha Pennington
Check-up:
Listen to people opening bank accounts. Write down their names.
1 A Could I have your name, please?
B My surname's Asada, A-S-A-D-A.
A And your first name, please?
B It's Tosh. That's T-O-S-H.
2 A Your name please, madam?
B My first name's Monika.
A Is that M-O-N-I-C-A?
B No. M-O-N-I-K-A.
A Right. And your last name, please?
B Manning. M-A-double-N-I-N-G.
3 A What's your surname, please sir?
B Gass. That's G-A-double-S.
A And could I have your first name?
B Karl. K-A-R-L.
4 A What is your first name please, madam?

Page 36
B Sophie. S-O-P-H-I-E. And my surname is Jacobs.
A J-A-C-O-B-S?
B Yes.
5 A Could I have your name please?
B Yes, my surname's Kirkby.
A How do you spell that?
B Oh, it's K-I-R-K-B-Y. And my first name's Gerald. G-E-R-A-L-D.
6 A May I have your surname,
please? B La Tuille.
A Is that two words?
B Yes. L-A and new word T-U-I-double-L-E.
A And your first name?
B Francine. F-R-A-N-C-I-N-E.
7 A What's your name please, sir?
B Forsythe. F-O-R-S-Y-T-H-E. And my first name's Richard.
A That's R-I-C-H-A-R-D.
8 A Could I have your name please, madam?
B Yes, my last name's Pennington. P-E-double-N-I- N-G-T-O-N.
A And your first name?
B Martha. M-A-R-T-H-A

Homework 3:

1 wrong Jessie Bowman 5 right

2 wrong Trisha Everett 6 right

3 right 7 wrong Robert Cohen

4 wrong Carla Mestanza 8 wrong Bradley Metcalfe

Check-up:

Page 37
Listen. Did the bank clerk write down these people's names correctly? Put a tick beside their name if they
are spelled correctly. Correct the names with the wrong spelling.

1 Your name's Jessie Bowman. That's J-E-S-S-I-E B-O-W-M-A-N.

2 That's Trisha Everett. T-R-I-S-H-A E-V-E-R-E-T-T.

3 And you're Seichi Shimamoto. That's S-E-I-C-H-I S-H-I-M-A-M-O-T-O.

4 And your name is spelt C-A-R-L-A M-E-S-T-A-N- Z-A.

5 Did I spell your surname correctly Miss Hazzard? That's H-A-Z-Z-A-R-D?

6 Now, your name is spelt F-E-R-N-A-N-D-O G-O-M-E-Z?

7 Could I just check your name? That's R-O-B-E-R-T C-O-H-E-N.

8 Mr Bradley Metcalfe. That's B-R-A-D-L-E-Y M-E-T- C-A-L-F-

E. Homework 4:

1 Dr PM Agrabanti 5 Dr J D Blackburn

2 Ms K Foster 6 Miss CC Chun

3 Mr MP Corpuz 7 Mr D V Lange

4 Miss K Kato 8 Mrs B Corrigan

Check-up:

What are these people's titles and initials? Listen and complete the guest register for a

hotel. 1 A Is that Miss Agrabanti?

B That's Doctor Agrabanti. Dr P M Agrabanti.

2 A Would that be Mrs Foster?

B Ms Foster please. Ms K

Foster. 3 A Is that Mr Corpuz?

B Yes. Mr MP Corpuz

4 A Is that Mrs Kato?

Page 38
B Miss K Kato, please.

5 A Is that Mrs Blackburn?

B Dr Blackburn, actually.

A And your initials, please?

B JD.

6 A Your initials please, Miss Chun?

B CC.

A It is Miss Chun, isn't it?

B That's right.

7 A What are your initials, please?

B DV.

A And is that Dr Lange?

B Mr, thank you.

8 A Is that Ms Corrigan?

B Mrs, please.

A And your initials Mrs Corrigan?

B B.

Homework 5:

1 Berkshire 5 Lancashire

2 Cornwall 6 Tayside

3 Durham 7 Strathclyde

4 Gwent 8 West Glamorgan

SPEAKING

Page 39
LEAD-IN
11B 2C 3A
ANSWERING PART 1 QUESTIONS
Using prepositions to describe your home town
3 A cinema B art gallery C shopping mall D harbour E stadium F swimming pool G library H town hall
5 Location: in the south, indoor
Opinion: colourful, incredible, magnificent, polluted
Climate: cool
Areas: tourist
Buildings: ancient, narrow, enormous, high-rise, huge
7 1 tall and high-rise 2 hot and humid 3 cool and mild 4 dirty and polluted 5 lively and exciting
8 Possible adjectives
1 huge, incredible, magnificent, busy, crowded, exciting
2 ancient, flat, outdoor, narrow, historic, quiet
3 hot, humid, crowded, narrow, flat, exciting, lively, colourful

9 1 past simple 2 present simple 3 present perfect

10 1 was 2 is 3 was 4 grew up 5 is 6 has changed 7 didn't have 8 wasn't 9 is 10 used to 11
was 12 went
12 /t/ bought, built, developed, used to
/d/ called, changed, designed, discovered, said
/id/ situated, located, started
14 Speaker 1 -b Speaker 2-a Speaker 3-d Speaker 4 – c
SCRIPT

3 Boy: Well, I live in a small town in the north of my country. It has quite a few interesting places to visit. For
example, in the centre of town, on the north side of the square we have the historic town hall, which was built in
1895. In front of it, there's a beautiful fountain. Opposite the town hall there's the library. Then if you go over
the bridge, we have the art gallery, a big modern building, which often has interesting exhibitions. The art

Page 40
gallery is actually between the cinema (to the north) and a big shopping mall, where I often meet up with my
friends.

To the south of the town, there's a harbour, where you can take a boat to the islands. And then next to
the harbour is the stadium, where people go to watch our local football team. And just behind it is the
public swimming pool. It's an outdoor pool - lovely in summer, but very chilly the rest of the year.

9 1 Examiner: Where were you born?

Candidate 1: I was born in Dubai, in the Middle East. It is situated on the north-east coast of the United Arab
Emirates.

2 Examiner: Where did you grow up?

Candidate 2: I was born in a small village in China, but I grew up in Chengdu, which is a very big city
in south-west China.

3 Examiner: Has your home town changed much since you were a child?

Candidate 3: In the last ten years Baku has changed a lot. Ten years ago we didn't have so many tall
buildings and there wasn't as much to do then. The biggest problem is that everything is more expensive now.

4 Examiner: Is there anything that you used to do in your home town that you don't do now?

Candidate 4: Well, I used to go to the beach every summer when I was younger, but now I don't have time.
One summer, I even went fishing. I'd like to do that again. Perhaps I'll have time next summer, after my exams.

11 1 Our family bought an apartment in the middle of town.

2 The statue was built in 1985.

3 Our town is situated on the Yangtze river.

4 The shopping mall is called 'the Galleria'.

5 The library is located across from the swimming pool.

6 Many things have changed over the years in my home town.

7 A number of new apartments were developed by the harbour.

Page 41
8 The bridge was designed by a famous architect from London.

9 Recently, scientists discovered a large cave near our village.

10 Recently, many young people have started to leave my home town to look for work.

11 A long time ago many people used to work in factories in my town.

12 A tourist who visited recently said our town is a great place to visit.

12 Speaker 1: In my city there are a lot of things that people can do to enjoy themselves. I personally enjoy
visiting the many parks we have, but only in summer when the weather is fine. In winter, people like to visit the
cinema or sometimes it's possible to go ice skating on the lake.

Speaker 2: Well, I'm really keen on sport, especially swimming. I live in quite a small town, so we only have
one swimming pool and I spend as much time as I can there, when I'm not studying of course!

Speaker 3: Most of the city is pretty modern, but there's an ancient castle where the Emperor used to live. It's
just a place for tourists to visit now, but in the past it was the most important place in the country and it's over
1000 years old.

Speaker 4: It depends. There are a lot of traffic jams in the morning and evening when everybody is going to
work or school, but the public transport is very modern and the underground's fast and cheap.

READING
1 A treehouse B shipping container homes C igloo D houseboat

4b

6 exercise 5 - scanning; exercise 4 - skimming

71c 2e 3a 4f 5b 6d

81B 2A 3B

Page 42
9 1 suit everyone 2 draw attention 3 reindeer skins 4 busy lives

10 1 c 2 a present simple b present simple c past simple d past simple

11 1 live 2 have 3 moved 4 spends 5 preferred

12 1 shares 2 lived 3 stayed 4 has 5 moved

13 1 roast chicken 2 homesick and sad 3 her parents 4 Ping and Pong 5 forest 6 feel at home/feel
welcome

HOMEWORK
PASSAGE 1
1. YES 2. NO 3. NOT GIVEN 4. YES
Check–up 1:

Question Keywords in the Keywords in the passage (evaluate if there Where have you found the
statement are any same words, synonyms, opposites or evidence for answers in the
if there’s no match) passage

Only two Only two have collapsed during the past 1400
1 Passage 1
have collapsed in years -> same words
1400 years

2 Destroyed left … unscathed -> opposite Passage 1

3 Had been built in No match

the last 30 years

4 The builders of Japanese builders Passage 4

pagodas Extend the eaves of buildings further beyond
Absorb some of the walls
the power The typhoons

Severe weather
conditions

Check-up 2:

Page 43
Ở một vùng đất bị bão quét qua và rung chuyển bởi động đất, làm thế nào mà những tòa nhà cổ cao nhất và có
vẻ mỏng manh nhất của Nhật Bản - khoảng 500 ngôi chùa bằng gỗ - vẫn đứng vững qua nhiều thế kỷ? Các
ghi chép cho thấy chỉ có hai cái đã sụp đổ trong suốt 1400 năm qua. Những thứ đã biến mất đã bị lửa thiêu rụi
do sét đánh hoặc nội chiến. Thảm họa động đất Hanshin năm 1995 đã giết chết 6.400 người, lật đổ đường cao
tốc trên cao, san phẳng các tòa nhà văn phòng và tàn phá khu vực cảng Kobe. Tuy nhiên, nó đã để lại ngôi
chùa năm tầng tráng lệ tại chùa Toji ở Kyoto gần đó, mặc dù nó đã san bằng một số tòa nhà trong khu vực lân
cận.

Các học giả Nhật Bản từ lâu đã thắc mắc về lý do tại sao những tòa nhà cao, thanh mảnh này lại ổn định đến
vậy. Chỉ mới 30 năm trước, ngành công nghiệp xây dựng đã cảm thấy đủ tự tin để xây dựng các khối văn
phòng bằng thép và bê tông cốt thép cao hơn chục tầng. Với các bộ giảm xóc đặc biệt để làm giảm tác động của
các chuyển động đột ngột sang một bên do động đất, tòa nhà Kasumigaseki 36 tầng ở trung tâm Tokyo - tòa
nhà chọc trời đầu tiên của Nhật Bản - được coi là một kiệt tác của kỹ thuật hiện đại khi nó được xây dựng vào
năm 1968.

5. B 6. A 7. B 8. C 9. A

Check-up 1: Complete the table below.

Question Keywords in the Keywords in the passage (evaluate if there Where have you found the
statement are any same words, synonyms, opposites or evidence for answers in the
if passage
there’s no match)

5 Interior access to Inner staircases Passage 4

top
cover these extended eaves … with much
6 Tiles on eaves Passage 5
heavier earthenware tiles.

7 Observation post Watchtowers Passage 4

8 Size of eaves Extend the eaves Passage 4

Half the width of Further beyond the walls
the building

9 Original First Passage 4

Religious purpose
Introduced with Buddhism, attached to
important temples

Check-up 2:

Page 44
Tuy nhiên, vào năm 826, chỉ với những chiếc chốt và nêm để giữ cho cấu trúc bằng gỗ của mình đứng thẳng,
nhà xây dựng bậc thầy Kobodaishi đã không ngần ngại đưa ngôi chùa Toji hùng vĩ của mình bay vút lên trời
cao 55 mét - cao gần bằng một nửa tòa nhà chọc trời Kasumigaseki được xây dựng vào khoảng 11 thế kỷ trước.
sau đó. Rõ ràng, những người thợ mộc Nhật Bản thời đó đã biết một vài thủ thuật để cho phép một tòa nhà lắc
lư và tự ổn định thay vì chống lại các lực lượng của tự nhiên. Nhưng những loại thủ thuật?

Ngôi chùa nhiều tầng đến Nhật Bản từ Trung Quốc vào thế kỷ thứ sáu. Giống như ở Trung Quốc, lần đầu tiên
họ được du nhập vào Phật giáo và gắn liền với những ngôi chùa quan trọng. Người Trung Quốc xây chùa bằng
gạch hoặc đá, có cầu thang bên trong, và sử dụng chúng trong các thế kỷ sau chủ yếu làm tháp canh. Tuy nhiên,
khi ngôi chùa đến Nhật Bản, kiến trúc của nó đã được tự do điều chỉnh phù hợp với điều kiện địa phương -
chúng được xây dựng thấp hơn, thường là năm tầng chứ không phải chín tầng, chủ yếu làm bằng gỗ và không
có cầu thang vì chùa Nhật Bản không có bất kỳ mục đích sử dụng thực tế nào. nhưng đã trở thành một đối tượng
nghệ thuật nhiều hơn. Do những cơn bão đổ bộ vào Nhật Bản vào mùa hè, các nhà xây dựng Nhật Bản đã học
được cách kéo dài mái hiên của các tòa nhà ra xa hơn các bức tường. Điều này ngăn nước mưa chảy xuống
tường. Những ngôi chùa ở Trung Quốc và Hàn Quốc không có phần nhô ra giống như những ngôi chùa ở Nhật
Bản.

Mái của một ngôi chùa Nhật Bản có thể được làm để nhô ra các cạnh của cấu trúc bằng 50% hoặc hơn chiều
rộng tổng thể của tòa nhà. Vì lý do tương tự, những người xây dựng chùa Nhật Bản dường như đã tăng thêm
trọng lượng của chúng bằng cách chọn che những mái hiên mở rộng này không phải bằng gạch sứ của nhiều
ngôi chùa Trung Quốc mà bằng gạch đất nung nặng hơn nhiều.

PASSAGE 2

1. FALSE 2. NOT GIVEN 3. TRUE 4. NOT GIVEN 5. FALSE 6. TRUE

Check-up 1:

Question Keywords in the Keywords in the passage (evaluate if there are Where have you
statement any same words, synonyms, opposites or if there’s found the evidence
no match) for answers in the
passage
Linked Had been joined
1 Passage 2
dismantled, breaking the link -> opposite

The Forth & Clyde The two canals

Canal with the Union
Canal

Page 45
 2 Opposition to No match
The design at first
The various parts of The Falkirk Wheel were all
3 Initially put together Passage 3
constructed and assembled

Butterley Engineering’s Steelworks in Derbyshire.

The location where its
components were
-> synonyms
manufactured

4 The only boat lift in No match

the world
Steel sections bolted
together by hand

5 The weight of the These gondolas always weigh Passage 6

gondolas

Varies the same -> opposite

The size of the boat whether or not they are carrying boats.
being carried
Took into account the owing to the presence
6 Passage 9
presence of of
A nearby ancient
monument the historically important Antonine Wall
Check-up 2:

Bánh xe Falkirk ở Scotland là thang nâng thuyền xoay đầu tiên và duy nhất trên thế giới. Khai trương vào năm
2002, đây là trung tâm của dự án Liên kết Thiên niên kỷ trị giá 84,5 triệu bảng Anh đầy tham vọng nhằm khôi
phục khả năng điều hướng trên khắp Scotland bằng cách kết nối lại các tuyến đường thủy lịch sử của Kênh
đào Forth & Clyde và Union.

Thách thức lớn của dự án nằm ở chỗ Kênh Forth & Clyde nằm thấp hơn kênh Union 35 mét. Trong lịch sử, hai
con kênh đã được nối với nhau gần thị trấn Falkirk bằng một chuỗi gồm 11 âu thuyền - những đoạn kênh khép
kín trong đó mực nước có thể được nâng lên hoặc hạ xuống - được hạ xuống trên khoảng cách 1,5 km. Điều này
đã bị tháo dỡ vào năm 1933, do đó phá vỡ liên kết.

Page 46
Các bộ phận khác nhau của Bánh xe Falkirk đều được xây dựng và lắp ráp, giống như một bộ đồ chơi xây
dựng khổng lồ, tại Xưởng thép của Butterley Engineering ở Derbyshire, cách Falkirk khoảng 400 km.

7. GATES 8. CLAMP 9. AXLE 10. COGS 11. AQUEDUCT

12. WALL 13. LOCKS

Check-up 1:
Question Kind of word(s) Keywords in Synonyms in the passage Where have you found
you need for the sentence the evidence for
the gap answers in the passage

7 Noun A pair of Two Passage 8

Lifted Raised
Shut out water Seal the gondola off from the
from canal water in the canal basin
basin
8 Noun Taken out Removed Passage 8
Enabling Wheel Allowing the wheel to turn
to rotate
9 Noun Hydraulic Hydraulic motors Passage 8
motors drive rotate
10 A range of Two eight-meter-wide cogs, a Passage 8
different-sized fixed inner cog of the same width,
two smaller cogs, the outer cogs
ensuring that the gondolas always
remain level.

Ensures boat
keeps upright
11 Reaches top reaches the top Passage 8
Wheel
passes straight onto
Moves directly
onto
12 Travels through via a tunnel Passage 10
tunnel
Beneath Roman

Page 47
 travel under this wall

13 Raise boat 11m 11 meters of lift needed to reach Passage 9

to the Union Canal
level of Union
Canal
Check-up 2:
Một nhóm ở đó đã cẩn thận lắp ráp 1.200 tấn thép, tỉ mỉ lắp các mảnh lại với nhau với độ chính xác chỉ 10 mm
để đảm bảo độ khít hoàn hảo cuối cùng. Vào mùa hè năm 2001, cấu trúc sau đó được tháo dỡ và vận chuyển
trên 35 xe tải đến Falkirk, trước khi tất cả được bắt vít lại với nhau trên mặt đất và cuối cùng được nâng lên vị
trí thành 5 phần lớn bằng cần cẩu. Bánh xe sẽ cần phải chịu được lực căng lớn và thay đổi liên tục khi nó quay,
do đó, để làm cho kết cấu chắc chắn hơn, các phần thép được bắt vít thay vì hàn lại với nhau. Hơn 45.000 lỗ bu-
lông được khớp với bu-lông của chúng và mỗi bu-lông được siết chặt bằng tay.
Bánh xe bao gồm hai bộ cánh tay hình rìu đối diện, được gắn cách nhau khoảng 25 mét vào một cột sống cố
định ở trung tâm.
Hai 'thuyền gondola' chứa đầy nước, đối xứng hoàn toàn, mỗi chiếc có sức chứa 360.000 lít, được lắp giữa hai
đầu cánh tay. Những chiếc gondola này luôn nặng như nhau, cho dù chúng có chở thuyền hay không.

WRITING
LESSON 2: WRITING
DESCRIBING TRENDS AND FIGURES (1)
LEAD-IN
Question: How was the gold price last month?

Answer 1: The gold price increased significantly

Answer 2: There was an increase in the gold price

The gold price increased significantly There was an increase in the gold price
Verb + ADV ADJ + Noun

Writing material

I. Sentence elements
A. Verb vs Noun

Page 48
Verb (upward trend) Noun (upward trend)
Rise A rise
Increase An increase
Grow Growth

Verb (downward trend) Noun (downward trend)

Fall A fall
Decline A decline
Drop A drop
Decrease A decrease
Reduce A reduction

B. Adverb and Noun

Adverb (strong) Adjective (strong)
Significantly Significant
Dramatically Dramatic
Remarkably Remarkable
Significantly Significant
Substantially Substantial
Noticeably Noticeable
Rapidly Rapid

Adverb (weak) Adjective (weak)

Gradually Gradual
Steadily Steady
Gently Gentle
Moderately Moderate
Minimally Minimal
Fractionally Fractional
Insignificantly Insignificant

II. Sentence structure

Activity 1: Translate the following sentences into English and analyze the sentence structures.
1. Sentence 1: Số lượng học sinh tăng mạnh
 The number of students increased significantly

Page 49
  X(the topic) + V + ADV

Structure 1: X + V + ADV

2. Sentence 2: Có một sự gia tăng mạnh trong số lượng của học sinh.
 There was a significant increase in the number of students
 There + be + a + ADJ + N(trend) + in + X
(a + ADJ + N(trend) = NP (Noun Phrase))

Structure 2: There + be + NP + in + X

Check-up 1: Rewrite the following sentence using structure 2:

The number of TIC students increased dramatically in 2023

 …………………………………………………………………...
 There was a dramatic increase in the number of TIC students in 2023
3. Sentence 3: Số lượng học sinh chứng kiến 1 sự gia tăng manh.
 The number of students saw a significant rise
 X + see + a + ADJ + N(trend)
Structure 3: X + see/witness/experience/record + NP

Check-up 2: Rewrite the following sentences using structure 3:

a. The number of TIC students increased dramatically in 2023

b. There was a dramatic increase in the number of TIC students in 2023
 The number of TIC students saw a dramatic increase in 2023.
4. Sentence 4: 1 sự gia tăng mạnh được chứng kiến ở số lượng học sinh.
 A significant rise was seen in the number of students.
 A + ADJ + N(trend) + be seen + in + X

Structure 4: NP + be seen/be witnessed/be experienced/be recorded + in + X

Check-up 3: Rewrite the following sentences using structure 3:

a. The number of TIC students increased dramatically in 2023

b. There was a dramatic increase in the number of TIC students in 2023

Page 50
 c. The number of TIC students witnessed a dramatic increase in 2023
 A dramatic increase was seen in the number of TIC students in 2023
5. Sentence 5: Năm 2020 chứng kiến 1 sự gia tăng mạnh ở số lượng học sinh.
 The year 2020 witnessed a significant increase in the number of students
 The year X + witness + a + ADJ + N(trend) + in + X
Structure 5: The year X + see/witness/experience/record + NP + in + X

Check-up 4: Rewrite the following sentences using structure 3:

a. The number of TIC students increased dramatically in 2023

b. There was a dramatic increase in the number of TIC students in 2023
c. The number of TIC students witnessed a dramatic increase in 2023
d. A dramatic increase was seen in the number of TIC students in 2023
 The year 2023 saw a dramatic increase in the number of TIC students
III. Preposition
1. Choose the correct answer

It rose by/of 10 There was a rise of/by10

 N + of
 V + by
It rose to/of 100 There was a rise to/by 100
 V + to  N + to

Verb Noun
Tăng thêm Verb + by Noun + of
Tăng đến Verb + to Noun + to

Check-up:
Key:
To/of
By/to
To/by

IV. Special values

A. Peak
Activity: Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions
The number of cars reached a peak of/to 100
 X + reach a peak of + number
The number of cars peaked at/to 100

 X + peak at + number

Page 51
 The number of cars hit the highest point of/to 100

 X + hit the highest point of + number

Structures:
• X + reach a peak of + number
• X + peak at + number
• X + hit the highest point of + number

B. Bottom
Activity: Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions
The number of car hit a low of/to 10
 X + hit a low of + number
The number of car hit the lowest point of/to 10
 X + hit the lowest point of + number
The number of car fell to a low point of/to
10
 X + fall to a low point of + number
Structures:
 X + hit a low of + number
 X + hit the lowest point of + number
 X + fall to a low point of + number

Check-up: Fill in the blanks:

1. Of
2. At
3. Of

V. Stability
Activity: Choose the correct words

1. The amount of money remained…................at $100000

A. Stable
B. Stability
C. Stabilize
 X + remain + adj + at + number
2. The amount of money…................at $100000
A. Stable

Page 52
 B. Stability
C. Stabilized
 X + stabilize + at + number
3. The amount of money stayed the.................at $100000
A. Same
B. Stability
C. Similar
 X + stay the same + at + number

Structures:
X + remain + adj (stable/constant/flat/static) + at +
number X + stabilize + at + number
X + stay the same + at + number

Check-up: Fill in the blanks

Key:
1. Stayed
2. Stabilized
3. Stable

PRACTICE
Exercise 1: Match the description with the suitable trends below

1. C
2. G
3. H
4. B/J/K
5. F/D
6. I
7. J/B/K
8. A
9. D/F
10.J/B/K

Exercise 2: Describe the trends below

Page 53
 a.

AB...............................................(decrease remarkably)

BC...............................................(stay the same)

CE...............................................(increase gradually)

E..................................................(reach the peak)

b.
AB................................................(rise substantially)
BC...............................................(stabilize)
CD...............................................(fall fractionally)

c.

AB...............................................(increase remarkably)

BE...............................................(fluctuate)

Page 54
 EF...............................................(remain stable)

Exercise 3: Rewrite the following sentences using another structure

Key:

1. There was a steady fall in the Government Investment in Health Care systemin 1999.
2. The percentage of Malaysians who followed vegetarian diet saw a dramatic growth in 2020.
3. There was a gradual rise of 2.5% in the unemployment rate in 2019.
4. The population growth witnessed a moderate growth in 1999
5. A gentle rise of 6% was seen in the number of visitors to Youtube in 2010
6. A downward trend was seen in the number of visitors to Viet Nam in 2019
7. There was a fractional drop to 15% in the percentage of people visiting Thailand in 2018
8. A significant growth of 1000 was seen in the number of people visiting Thu Le Zoo between 1990 and 2000
9. The proportion of tourists who visited the festival remained stable between 1990 and 2010
10. There was a remarkable reduction to 10000 in the number of people visiting Hoan Kiem lake in 2017

Page 55
 HOMEWORK
WRITING
Homework 1: Rewrite the sentences below
Key:
1. A rapid rise to 10% was seen in the proportion of privately rented homes in 2010.
2. The number of people watching films on TV dropped dramatically by 20% in 2012.
3. The average length of the advertisements saw a signìicant decline in 2018.
4. A gradual growth of $12 million was seen in the average length of the advertisements in 2018.
5. A downward trend was seen in the number of visitors to Ha Noi from 2019 to 2021.
6. The year 2021 saw a substantial increase of 20% in the price of houses in Ha Noi.
7. The number of visitors to Viet Nam witnessed a fractional drop of 35% in 2022.
8. The number of students remained stable during the period.
9. The percentage of students peaked at 15% in 1999.
10. The unemployment rate fell to the lowest point of 3% in 2021.

Homework 2: Describe the graph below

Key:

a. The price of skiiing holidays reached a peak of $580 in 2008.

b. The amount of money spent on holidays fell to the lowest point of $2000 in August
c. The number of travellers on long-haul flights hit a peak of 3.8 million in 2012
d. The number of visitors to France reached a peak of 6 million in 2008

Exercise 3: Describe the chart below

Key:

5 sentence: trend

The GDP growth for Tunisia declined significantly to 4.2% from 2007 to 2008

There was a significant decline to 4.2% in the GDP growth for Tunisia from 2007 to 2008

The GDP growth for Tunisia saw a significant decline to 4.2% from 2007 to 2008

A significant decline was seen in the GDP growth for Tunisia from 2007 to 2008

The year 2008 saw a significant fall in the GDP growth for Tunisia

1 sentence: peak

Page 56
The GDP growth for Japan reached a peak of around 6.4% in 2010

1 sentence: bottom

The GDP growth for Tunisia fell to the lowest point of 3% in 2010

1 sentence: stability

The GDP growth for Tunisia nearly stayed the same between 2009 and 2010.

Page 57
 REVIEW (L, R, S)
LISTENING
Part 1:
1. 692411
2. Rainbow Communications
3. white
4. two/2 boxes
5. light blue
6. 10 packs/10 packets

Part 2:

1. 64711 4. 013880542

2. 0219302738 5. 88070

3. 0614394576 6. 0318974567

Part 3:
1. birds
2. flowers
3. mushrooms
4. river

Part 4:
1. presentation
2. model
3. material/materials
4. grant
5. technical

READING
Part 1:

Page 58
1. wood
2. status and wealth
3. expensive commodity
4. classical
5. furniture and textiles
6. Edwin Lutyens
7. local authorities

Part 2:
1. sell (more) quickly
2. (South Limberg) planners
3. (road/noise) embankments
4. Olivetti employees
5. adapt to
6. his bakery business//a cool room

EXTRA WRITING
LESSON 3: WRITING
FORMING COMPOUND AND COMPLEX SENTENCES
MAKING COMPARISON
LEAD-IN
Question: Compare the number of girls and boys in your
classroom? Answer: The number of girls is higher than the number
of boys
In IELTS writing task 1, candidates are often asked to “make comparison where relevant”. For this reason,
apart from reporting the data, the candidates should focus on the numbers that can be used to make
comparison.
Writing materials
I. Substitution
Page 59
Example: The number of girls is higher than the number of boys
 How to void repetition
1. Fill in the blank
1. The number of girls is higher than................of boys
A. That
B. This
C. Those
 The number OF = that OF
2. The number of girls is higher than...............for boys
A. The figure
B. The number
C. The statistics
 The number OF = that FOR
Check-up: Choose the correct answer
1. The GDP growth in America was higher than that of/in/for Japan
2. The GDP growth in America was higher than the figure of/in/for Japan

II. Simple sentences

1. Equal comparison
Activity 1: Translate the follơing sentence into English
Example: Số học sinh nam ở TIC bằng số học sinh nữ vào năm 2020
 The number of boys at TIC was as high as that of
girls X1 + be + as high as + X2
X1 + be + as high as + X2

2. Comparative
Activity 2: Translate the follơing sentence into English
Example: Số học sinh nữ ở TIC cao hơn rất nhiều số học sinh nam vào năm 2020
 The number of girls at TIC was MUCH higher than that of boys in 2020
X1 + be + ADV + ADJ + than + X2
X1 + be + ADV + ADJ + than + X2

TIP: you may add an adverb in the above sentence to show the gap between the two objects
Huge gap Small gap
Much Slightly
Far Minimally

Page 60
 Significantly A little
Considerably A bit

3. Multiple number
Activity 3: Fill in the blanks
Example 1: The number of girls at TIC was….................................as high as that of boys
A. Two
B. Twice
C. Two times
 X1 + be + twice + as high as/higher than + X2
X1 + be + twice /three times/four times/…/n times + as high as/higher than + X2

Example 2: The number of girls at TIC was….....................that of boys

A. Twice
B. Two
C. Double
 X1 + be + double + X2
X1 + be + double (2)/triple (3)/quadruple (4)/quintuple (5) + X2

Check-up 2: fill in the blanks

Key:
1. Much
2. As high as
3. Higher
4. Triple

III. Compound sentences

There are two ways of joining independent clauses into a compound sentence:

 with a coordinating conjunction (one of the fanboys);

 with a semicolon and a transitional expression.
Method 1: Use a comma and a coordinating conjunction

You can use a comma and a coordinating conjunction (cc) to join two or more independent clauses into a
compound sentence. (A coordinating conjunction is one of the FANBOYS: for, and, nor, but, or, yet and
so.)
The resulting sentence has the structure clause, cc clause:

Page 61
For: The two stopped to eat, for the work had made them hungry.
And: The afternoon had been long, and hours had gone by since lunch.
Nor: There was no house nearby, nor did they have any food with them.
But: They wanted to pick blueberries as a snack, but a bear growled at them from the berry patch.
Or: Should they set off for home now, or should they decide to work a little longer?
Yet: There was still work to do, yet they needed to rest and eat.
So: They were starving and exhausted, so they went home.
Note that the comma in the above sentences comes before the conjunction, not after it.

Check-up 3: Fill in the blank

The graph shows data about the annual earnings of three bakeries in Calgary, 2000-2010.
Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons where
relevant.

Overall, what stands out from the graph is that there were considerable upward trends in the income of both
Bolo Cakery and Amandine Bakery, while the earnings of Mari Bakeshop saw a considerable fall over the
period in question. Another interesting point is that Mari Bakeshop was the most popular bakery in 2000, but in
2010, Amandine Bakery earned more money than the others.

Method 2: Use a semicolon with a transitional expression

Page 62
A transitional expression is a word or phrase that shows the relationship between two ideas. A semicolon
with a transitional expression often makes a smoother connection than a semicolon alone.
There are many transitional expressions showing different kinds of relationships. Here are a few common
examples:
to add a similar idea: also, in addition, moreover
to show contrast: however, by/in contrast, on the other hand
to indicate a result: therefore, as a result, consequently
to introduce an example: for example, for instance
to list points in order: first, second, third; next; then
Note that a comma is used after the transitional expression.
The work had made them hungry; therefore, they stopped to eat.
The job was not done; on the other hand, they needed to rest and eat.

Example:
The graph below shows consumers’ average annual
expenditure on cell phone, national and international fixed-
line and services in America between 2001 and 2010.

Between 2001 and 2010, average annual expenditure

on national fixed-line services dropped steadily by
$300.
By contrast, the figure for cell-phone services increased significantly and continually to roughly $750 in 2010.
To start with, the amount of money spent on mobile phones increased exponentially from 200 dollars to the
peak of 750 dollars during the decade.
It is also noticeable that the amount of mobile phones was approximately two times of that of landline phone
in 2010.
Besides, the average yearly expenses on cell phone services rose by $350 between 2001 and 2006.

Check-up 4: Rewrite these sentences into a longer one

Page 63
The graph below shows the average number of UK commuters travelling each day by car, bus or train between
1970 and 2030.

1 The numbers of people who use the car and train increase gradually. The number of bus users falls steadily.
The trend of traveling by car and train observe a gradual growth. In contrast, commuting to work by bus
is forecasted to witness a steady decline.
2 In the year 2000, the number of those driving to work rose to 7 million and the number of commuting rail
passengers reached 3 million. There was a small drop of approximately 0.5 million in the number of bus
users.
In 2000, a notable increase was seen in the figure for people traveling by car and commuting rail passengers,
to around 7 million and 3 million respectively. On the other hand, the number of commuters riding by bus
mildy fell by approximately 0.5 million.
3 By 2030, the number of people who commute by car is expected to reach almost 9 million. By 2030,
the number of train users is predicted to rise, to nearly 5 million.
At the end of the period, the number of workers traveling by car is forecasted to increase and reach its peak at 9
million people. Besides, the figure for train commuters is likely to markedly bounce to nearly 5 million in the
final years.

IV. Complex sentences

Activity 4: Fill in the blanks
1. The number of girls at TIC stood at 9…...............that of boys was 4.
A. While
B. So
C. Although
 X1 + stand + at + number 1 while + X2 + be + number 2.
X1 + stand + at + number 1, while/whilst/whereas + X2 + be + number 2.
Page 64
 2. The number of girls at TIC, which stood at 9, was more than....................that of boys, at 4
A. Double
B. Triple
C. Quadruple
 X1, stand + at + number 1, + be + double + X2, at + number 2
X1, stand + at + number 1, + comparative + X2, at + number 2

3.at 9, the number of girls at TIC was more than twice as high as that of boys, at 4
A. Stand
B. Stood
C. Standing
 Standing at + number 1, X1 + be + twice + as high as + X2, at + number
Standing at + number 1, X1 + comparative + X2, at + number 2
4. The number of girls at TIC stood at 9, compared...............4 boys
A. To
B. In
C. By
 X1 + stand + at + number 1, compared to + number 2 (X2)

X1 + stand + at + number 1, compared to/in comparison with/as opposed to + number 2

(X2)

Check-up 3: Fill in the blanks

The number of apples: 20
The number of oranges: 10
Key:
1. Stood/while
2. Stood/double
3. Standing/twice
4. Stood/as opposed to

PRACTICE

Page 65
Exercise 1: Choose the correct answers

1. Latin America had a smaller/largest/larger population growth in 1950 than 2000

2. Latin America had the lowest/tallest/highest population growth in 2000.
3. The population growth in Africa was lower/higher/taller than in Latin America in 2000
4. The population growth of the whole world will be the higher/highest/lowest in 2030
5. In 2000, the population growth in Africa/Asia/Latin America was the highest
6. In 1950, the population growth in Africa/Asia/Latin America was the lowest
7. In 2030, it is expected that the population growth in Africa/Asia/Latin America was the highest
8. In 2000, the population growth in Africa and Asia/Latin America was similar
9. In 1950, the population growth in Latin America was more than four times/quadruple/four as high as that in Asia
10.In 2030, it is expected that Africa had the greates/lowest/tallest population growth.

Exercise 2: Translates the sentences below into English

1. Tỉ lệ người dùng Internet ở Mỹ năm 2012 cao hơn rất nhiều so với con số đó tại Viet Nam.
The percentage of Internet users in the US was significantly higher than that in Viet Nam

2. Tỉ lệ thất nghiệp ở Trung Quốc cao bằng con số cho Nhật Bản
The unemployment rate in China was as high as the figure to Japan

3. Sự đầu tư vào giáo dục cao bằng hay lần sự đầu tư vào thể thao vào năm 2008
The investment in education in 2008 was twice as high as that in sports in 2008

4. Số lượng lãnh đạo nam cao hơn 3 lần so với số lượng lãnh đạo nữ vào năm 2000

Page 66
The number of male leaders was three times higher than that of female leaders in 2000.

5. Số lượng người học tiếng Anh bằng ba lần số lượng người học tiếng Trung vào năm 2003
The number of English learners was triple that of Chinese learners in 2003.

6. Số lượng khách du lịch năm 2000 là 1000 trong khi đó con số cho khách du lịch năm 2010 đứng tại 1200
The number of travelers in 2000 was 1000 while the figure for those in 1200 stood at 1200

7. Số lượng người học tiếng Anh là 30000 trong khi đó con số cho người học tiếng Trung đứng tại 6000 năm 2020
The number of English learners was 30000 while the figure for Chinese learners stood at 6000 in 2020

8. Lượng khách du lịch đến Việt Nam năm 2020, cái mà đứng tại 2 triệu người, cao gấp 2 lần con số cho năm 2015
The number of visitors to Viet Nam in 2020, which stood at 2 million, was twice as high as the figure for 2015.

9. Đứng tại $2 triệu, sự chi tiêu vào giải trí cao gấp đôi con số cho giáo dục vào năm 2015.
Standing at $2 million, the spending on entertainment was twice as high as the figure for education in 2015

10. Tỉ lệ li hôn ở Anh đứng tại 30%, trái ngược lại với 10% ở Đức
The divorce rate in England stood at 30%, as opposed to 10% in
Germany.

Page 67
 HOMEWORK
Homework 1: Fill in the blanks with the correct words

Key

In the UK

1. The highest
2. The lowest
3. Higher
4. Lower
In France

1. Cars
2. Cameras
3. Cars
4. Cameras

Homework 2: Describe the charts below

Key:

1. The number of mobile phones in 2009 was lower than in 2019.

2. The number of desktop computers in 2009 was higher than in 2019.
3. The number of conventional Tvs was the highest in 2009.
4. The number of conventional Tvs was the lowest in 2009.
5. The number of Tablets was the lowest in 2009
Homework 3: Describe the chart below using the 8 learnt structures

KEY:

In 2007, the GDP growth for Tunisia was significantly higher than that for Japan.

The GDP growth for Tunisia nearly stayed the same between 2009 and 2010.

The GDP growth for Tunisia was more than three times as high as that for Japan.

The GDP growth for Tunisia was more than three times higher than that for Japan.

The GDP growth for Tunisia was more than triple that for Japan.

The GDP growth for Tunisia stood at 6.3% while that for Japan was 2%.

The GDP growth for Tunisia, which stood at 6.3%, was more than three times as high as that for Japan.

Standing at 6.3%, the GDP growth for Tunisia was more than three times as high as that for Japan.The GDP
growth for Tunisia stood at 6.3%, as opposed to 2% for Japan.

Page 68
Page 69
UNIT 3: EDUCATION AND EMPLOYMENT
LISTENING
LEAD-IN
1 A construction B sports and leisure C retail D hotel and catering E health F art and design G
information technology
2 chef J building engineering C badminton coach J computing doctor J fitness training C food
technology C graphic designer J medicine C shop management C store assistant J web designer
J textiles C
3 1 graphic designer... textiles
2 architect... building engineering
3 doctor ... medicine
4 chef... food technology
5 web designer ... computing
6 store assistant ... shop management
7 badminton coach ... fitness training

4 1 computing, food technology 2 chef, doctor 3 architect, store assistant 4 fitness training, textiles
5 Conversation 1: J Conversation 2:C
SENTENCE COMPLETION
6 1 Anna has got a job as a .
2 She has recently completed a course in .
3 The new name of the department which sells computers and phones is .
4 The course takes place on the of September.
5 There is a total of places available on the course.
7 an area of study -
2 a type of job-1
a number only - 5

Page 70
a name of a place - 3
a date - 4
8 1 store assistant 2 information technology 3 Moving Images
9 1 store assistant (it can't be assistant because the word before is 'a' not 'an')
2 information technology (informations is incorrect because it is a plural form the word information is
uncountable)
3 Moving Images (The Moving Images consists of three words and the instructions tell you to use no more than
two words. Moving Image is incorrect because it is singular, and the speaker uses the plural.)

10 1 19/19th [of] / nineteenth (of)

2 12 /twelve
11 The correct answers are: 19, 19th, nineteenth of
FOLLOWING A CONVERSATION
12 a the price of the course -
6 b the location of the course -
5 c the name of the course - 1
d the starting time of the course - 2
e the purpose of the course - 4
f the duration of the course - 3

LISTENING FOR SYNONYMS AND PARAPHRASE

13 1 h 2 i 3 f 4 e 5 d 6 c 7 b 8 a 9 g
EXAM SKILLS
14 1 title - it's called 2 starts-begins 3 lasts - goes on 4 teach – train 5 part - some; nearby-local 6 total
cost-full fee
15 1 Food Photography 2 9.30 / nine thirty [am] 3 7 / seven 4 camera angles 5 hotel 6 $55 / fifty-five
dollars

SCRIPT

Page 71
Conversation 1

Manager: Come on in. It's Anna, isn't it?

Anna: Yes, that's right. Anna Scott.

Manager: Ah yes. Take a seat, Anna. First of all, we're delighted that you'll be joining us as a store assistant at
the beginning of next week.

Anna: Thanks very much. I'm really looking forward to the challenge.

Manager: That's good to know.

Conversation 2

Receptionist: Good morning, you're through to Milton College. How can I help?

Student: Oh, hello there. I'd like to book a place on the Food Photography course.

Receptionist: OK. Now, is that the one that starts on the 18th?

Student: No, that's the date of the Food Technology course - I want the Food Photography course. It's the day
after.

Receptionist: OK... got it right up on screen now. Food Photography - Saturday the 19th of September. And it
looks like you're in luck - there are only a couple of spaces left. We've taken ten bookings already, so you've
just made it - the course is limited to 12 participants. It's very popular.

Student: That's good to know! Now can I just check the details of the course?

Manager: Come on in. It's Anna, isn't it?

Anna: Yes, that's right. Anna Scott.

Manager: Ah yes. Take a seat, Anna. First of all, we're delighted that you'll be joining us as a store assistant at
the beginning of next week.

Anna: Thanks very much. I'm really looking forward to the challenge.

Page 72
Manager: That's good to know. Now, we know you've just finished a course in Information Technology, so
we've decided to put you in the computing and phones section of our department store.

Anna: That's great. Now, that's next to the radios and audio equipment, isn't it?

Manager: That's right. All our radios and audio are in a part of the store we used to call the 'Sound Station'. But
as I've just said, you'll be based in the computing and phones section. Now we've recently made this area of our
store much bigger so that we can sell a much wider range of computer equipment, such as smart watches.

Anna: Mm. Smart watches.

Manager: Yes, we really want to attract a younger group of customers. And we haven't just given this
whole area a completely new look - we've re-named it too!

Anna: Re-named it?

Manager: Yes. From next week it's going to be known as "Moving Images'.

Anna: 'Moving Images'? Cool! I like it.

Manager: Now, do you have any questions before we move on?

15

Student: Now can I just check the details of the course?

Receptionist: Sure, go ahead.

Student: Now it says on the leaflet ... um, let me find it... OK, got it! Right, so it's called Food
Photography, and I've got here that it begins at nine thirty.

Receptionist: That's right-it's an early start. It begins at half past nine and it goes on until four thirty. Most of
our weekend courses are quite short and so they're over in a couple of hours - this course is longer. According
to the information I've got up here on screen, it's seven hours long.

Student: Oh, I'm glad it lasts for more than a few hours. I don't think I'd be able to learn how to take good
pictures in less than seven hours.

Page 73
Receptionist: Now, I'll just give you a bit more information about the course itself. Basically, you'll learn
how to take good photos of food using a digital camera. So it'll train you in the basics of using a range of
camera angles.

Student: Camera angles?

Receptionist: Yes, you'll learn how to photograph food using close up shots, wide-angle shots and shots
taken from above, that sort of thing

Student: What about learning to edit pictures on my computer? Will that be covered too?

Receptionist: No, I'm afraid not. The purpose of the workshop is to teach you how to take good photos in
the first place. It's a really hands-on session - in fact, you'll spend some of the day on location in a local hotel.
It's just round the corner from the college - the Lincoln Hotel - so you'll have the opportunity to practise
taking photographs using real dishes!

Student: That's great - a practical course is exactly what I'm looking for!

Receptionist: Now just a few more things. The full fee for the course is $55 and that includes a light lunch and
refreshments at the hotel.

Student: Oh, that's really good. That means I don't have to worry about bringing along my own drinks and
snacks on the day. That would probably cost me at least $10.

Receptionist: OK, I think that's everything, so I'll just take your details so that we can confirm your place
on the course.

Homework 1:
1. And metal
2. Private
3. Flexible
4. From home
5. A year

Check-up 1:

Question Kind of word(s) you need for the gap Answers

1 Adjective And mental
2 Adjective private
3 Adjective flexible

Page 74
 Question Kind of word(s) you need for the gap Answers
4 Pre + Noun From home
5 Noun A year

Check-up 2:
In our company, we believe that our employees are more productive, you know, they work better, if they’re
happy. Naturally, we have to make sure the company makes a profit, but at the same time we need to think
about the physical and mental health of our employees. We do understand that they aren't just working
machines ... So we have a policy of helping them find a fair balance between their work and their private lives.
What we call a work-life balance. We do this in several ways. Firstly, we have a family friendly policy, so
parents can look after their children when they’re very young. For example, sometimes they need to work
flexible hours, you know, times that aren’t fixed. Other times parents have to work part time ... and quite a lot
work from home. Another example of our family friendly policy is our generous maternity leave package. In
our company, we allow women who’ve had a baby to take a whole year off work after the baby’s born. And, of
course, while they’re away, their jobs are protected.

Homework 2:
1. A 2. B 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. B
Check-up 3:

Question Keywords in the question Synonyms/Same words in the audio

1 Men and apes are very similar They are very similar
2 Both men and apes have They also resemble each other in having
Instead of claws or hooves Instead of claws or hooves
3 Like apes, men have no Likewise, neither has
4 Differ from other animals in having Distinguish them from other species of animals
5 Make and use simple tools Use tools, have been known to make tools
Only man can Man, unique among animals
6 Only man had possessed Man has possessed

Homework 3:

Question Kind of word(s) you need for the gap Answers

1 Noun Policy makers
2 Ved Gathered
3 Noun Conference
4 Adjective Environmentally friendly
5 Noun Electronic devices

Page 75
 Question Kind of word(s) you need for the gap Answers
6 Noun Communication
7 Noun Emissions

SPEAKING
LEAD-
IN
1 A emergency services B travel and transport C farming D education E tourism F science
research and development G entertainment
* the organisations that deal with accidents and urgent problems such as fire, illness or crime

ADJECTIVES TO DESCRIBE FEELINGS AND EXPERIENCES

2 tired, boring, embarrassed, not very exciting
3
tired F boring E embarrassed F challenging E fascinated F
great F, E thrilled F not very exciting E interesting E amazed F

4
I feel I felt ... It is / It was ...
thrilled thrilling
bored boring
challenged challenging
fascinated fascinating
not very excited not very exciting
tired tiring
embarrassed embarrassing
interested interesting
great great

Page 76
5 1 thrilled 2 interesting 3 embarrassed 4 bored 5 tiring 6 amazing
SPEAKING TEST – PART 1
7 Photograph D; she's a student
8 What job she would like to do in the future
6 How many hours a week she studies/works 3
What she does 1
What she would like to learn in the future 5
What she thinks about her studies/work 4
Where she studies/works 2

SPEAKING TEST – PART 2

13 Topics 2, 3, 4 are possible Part 2 topics.
14 The order is: E, C, D, A, B, F
15 Describe a time when you learnt something
new You should say:
 what you learnt
 how you learnt it
 what the result was
and explain how you felt about learning something new.
16
What? learnt to fly a small plane
How? had lessons at a flying club
Result? got my pilot's licence
How I felt? thrilled and proud of myself

INTRODUCING YOUR TALK

18 1 d 2 a 3 c 4 b
SCRIPT

Page 77
7

Examiner: What do you do? Do you work or are you a student?

Nina: I'm a student. I'm doing a part-time fashion and textiles course. I'm at Milton College, in the centre of the
city. I'm in my third year and at the moment I'm studying 12 hours a week.

Examiner: Are you enjoying it?

Nina: Oh yes, I am. I think it's great. I particularly like working with different materials like wool and leather.
And I've just made a beautiful scarf and it's made out of plastic. It looks very strange but I think it's great! It's
pretty amazing in fact!

Examiner: Would you like to learn anything new in the future?

Nina: Yes, I would. I'd really like to learn how to use computer software to create new designs. This should
also help me create new shades of colour. Using technology in this way would be really challenging for me, I
think.

Examiner: And is there a job you'd really like to do in the future?

Nina: Yes, there is. I'd love the chance to become a fashion photographer. And if I do well on my course and
get some experience of taking pictures at my college fashion shows, perhaps my dream will come true. I've
just bought myself a new digital camera and I've already learnt how to take some great close-up shots!

Nina: I'm going to tell you about a time when I learnt something new. What did I learn? Well, I've always been
an active and sporty person and I really like cold weather - I love it when it snows in my country. That's why I
decided to learn something that mixes these things together - winter, sport and snow! So, I decided to learn to
ski!

I learnt with an instructor. There was a big group of us - we had a great instructor. It was really exciting when
we were on the chair lift on the first day. We started on the nursery slope - I couldn't even walk on my skis at
first and I fell over many times. It took me a long time to learn how to keep my balance. It really is much more
difficult than it looks! It was great fun! I really liked learning in a group - much better than learning
individually.

In fact, I was in a skiing competition recently and I won! I got a silver cup. So, I think that's quite a good result.

Page 78
How did I feel about the learning experience? Well, it was really thrilling to ski downhill for the very first time -
I loved the feeling of speed. It was very exciting! I was so proud of myself when! reached the bottom of the
slope and I was still standing! It was a great feeling!

READING
LEAD-
IN
1 Work: business, employers, job, office, retirement

Studies: academic, blended learning, degree, qualification, primary education, lifelong learning, seminars

2 All the words except office are in the text

MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS

FINDING THE ANSWER

3 The text is more positive than negative

1 C (Para A) You only need to read part of the paragraph (studying partly in a traditional way in the
classroom and partly online or via email)

2 D (Paras B and C) You need to read the whole of paragraph B and the beginning of C. The elite having
most of the opportunities is not a beneit

LOOKING FOR WORDS WITH SIMILAR MEANING

1 overseas 2 advantages 3 disrupting 4 attending 5 enrich

Page 79
6 valuable 7 offices

IDENTIFYING THE MAIN IDEA

6 Sentences 1,3,4,6. The main ideas can usually be found in the first sentence of the paragraph

MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS: ANOTHER WAY TO DO THEM

71B 2A 3C

1 The sentences all relate to the present and the past

a The level was raised in the past and is still high in the present

b They were not educated in the past, which affects the present

c They became businesses in the past and they are still businesses

2b

3a

1B 2C 3D 4A

HOMEWORK
PASSAGE
1

1. NO 2. NOT GIVEN 3. YES 4. NO 5. YES 6. NOT GIVEN

Check-up 1:

Page 80
 Question Keywords in the Keywords in the passage (evaluate if Where have you found the
statement there are any same words, synonyms, evidence for answers in
opposites or if there’s no match) the passage

Facing a reduction in found their time on the job shrinking ->

1 Passage 1
working hours synonyms

2 Social planners No match

consulted
US employment
figures

3 Salaries Real wages Passage 2

Not risen significantly Stagnated
Since the 1970s Since 1970
-> Synonyms
the current economic recovery
4 The economic Passage 3
recovery gained a certain amount of notoriety for its
Created more jobs “jobless” nature
-> opposite
Part-time employees Increased productivity for part-time
5 Passage 8
work more effectively workers, make better use the time they have
-> synonyms

6 Increased leisure time No match

Benefit two-career
households

7. C 8. A 9. B 10. D 11. F 12.G

Check-up 2: Complete the table below.

Question Keywords in the Synonyms in the passage Where have you

question/answer found the evidence
for answers in the
passage

Page 81
 Question: Better for a Companies that employ more workers gain
7 Passage 8
company, employ more from the resulting redundancy
workers The extra people can cover the
Answer: C people are contingencies… crises take people away from
available to substitute for the workplace
absent staff.
Question: difficult for The U.S market for goods has become
8 Passage 10
workers in the US, reduce skewed by the assumption of full-time, two-
working hours career households
Answer: A they would not … no longer manufacture cheap models, …
be able to afford cars or do not build tiny bungalows
homes.

9 B Extra work is offered to more profitable for employers to work their Passage 6
existing employees. existing employees harder.

10 D Benefits and hours Passage 6

benefits … that are not tied to the number of
spent on the job are not hours they work
linked.

11 F Longer hours indicate Passage 7

People who work reduced hours pay a huge
greater commitment to the penalty in career terms,” Schor maintains.
firm. “It”s taken as a negative signal’ about their
commitment to the firm

12 G Managers estimate staff Passage 7

they use the number of hours worked as a
productivity in terms of proxy for output.
hours worked.

PASSAGE 2

1 F 2 A 3B 4D 5I 6C
Check-up 3:

Question Where have you found the evidence for answers in the passage

Page 82
 1 F: “One’s first inclination… the electrical shock”

2 A: “Specifically, Milgram told each … ability to learn”

3 B: “The supposed 'pupil' was in reality an actor hired by Milgram”

4 D: “most subjects would … of 450 volts”

5 I: “to discover the degree … their behaviour”

6 C: “explained that … through to the end.”

7. B 8. D 9.C
Check-up 4:

Question Keywords in the question/chosen Synonyms in the passage Where have you
answer found the evidence
for answers in the
passage

7 Question: testing whether To test whether or not Passage A

Answer: B punishment helps punishing pupils … would have a

learning. positive effect on the pupils' ability
to learn.

8 Question: instructed to Was told that Passage B

Answer: D give punishment A shock was to be administered,

according to a rule. beginning at the lowest level and
increasing in severity with each
successive wrong answer

9 Question: before the experiment Prior to carrying out the experiment Passage D, E
took place

Page 83
 Answer: C underestimated the Refuse to obey the experimenter
teacher-subjects’ willingness to
Felt that 'most subjects … the
comply with experimental
highest shock of 450 volts.
procedure.
What were the actual results? … up
to the 450-volt limit!

10. NOT GIVEN 11. TRUE 12. FALSE 13. FALSE

Check-up 5:

Question Keywords in the Keywords in the passage (evaluate if there are Where have you
statement any same words, synonyms, opposites or if found the evidence
there’s no match) for answers in the
passage

10 Psychology students No match

at Yale University

11 Passage F
A positive survival some sort of built-in animal aggression instinct
mechanism activated by the experiment
-> synonyms

12 Personal values are Passage H

merges his unique personality and personal and
more powerful than moral code with that of larger institutional
authority structures, surrendering individual properties …
authority -> opposite

13 Solves an important sociobiology is concerned with elucidating the Passage I

question in biological basis of all behaviour.
sociobiology
-> opposite

WRITING
LESSON 4: WRITING

Page 84
 WRITING AN OVERVIEW
1. Graphs/Charts with trend
Activity 1: Answer the questions below

KEY:

1. Hamburger and Fish & Chips

2. Pizza
3. Pizza
4. Fish & Chips

SUMMARY
Graph with trend: In an overview, we need to point out the overall trends of the objects
(based on the starting and the ending points)
Apart from that, we also need to point out at least one significant feature of the
graph (the highest point, the lowest point, the similarity, the exception, etc)

Check-up 1: Complete the sentences below

Key:

Reduced

Increased

Higher

2. Graph/Chart without trends

Activity 2: Fill in the blanks

Key:

a. Other goods and services/health care

b. Highest/lowest
c. Transport

SUMMARY:
Graphs/Charts without trends: you need to point out the highest and the lowest values
as well as the biggest/smallest difference.

Page 85
Check-up 2: Complete the sentences below:

Key:

TV/online
Online

3. Useful structures
Activity 3: Identify the phrases which indicates the significant points

a. Overall, it is obvious that the Japanese spent the highest amount of money on other goods and services while
the amount of money that they spent on health care was the lowest.
Key: Overall, it is obvious that

Analyse: Overall, it is clear that + clause 1

b. Another significant point is that the biggest difference was seen in the amount of money spent on
transport Key: Another significant point is that

Analyse: Another striking point is that + clause 2

SUMMARY: Overall, it is clear that + clause 1. Another striking point is that + clause 2

Check-up 3: Fill in the blanks

Key:

Overall

It is clear that

Another striking point is that

PRACTICE
Exercise 1: Write the overview for the charts/graphs below
Trend: Downward trend

Significant point: South: highest, Northeast: lowest

Key: => Overall, it is clear that the number of single – family homes which were constructed in 5 different areas reduced
throughout the period of six years. Another significant point is that the number of homes built in the South was always the
highest during this whole period.

Page 86
 HOMEWORK
Homework: Write the overview for the charts/graphs below

The provided bar chart gives information about the annual GDP growth of three different
nations, namely Tunisia, Japan and Ecuador during the period of four years starting from

Overall, it is clear that the annual GDP growth of Tunisia and Ecuador decreased over the period while the percentage of
GDP increased remarkably in Japan. Another striking point is that, at the end of the period, of all three countries, Japan
had the highest GDP growth.

Page 87
 UNIT 4: FOOD AND DRINK
LISTENING
LEAD-
IN
1 A boil B fry C bake D grill
2 Meat dishes: beef, steak, burger, lamb
Vegetables: potatoes, carrots, cucumbers,
peas Fruits: apples, strawberries, pears,
bananas Sweets: biscuits, cake, chocolate,
pastries

MATCHING TASKS
3 1 c 2 a 3 b They are going to prepare salad and roast chicken.
4 A is the correct answer. Frying the potatoes won't be healthy, baking the potatoes will take too long.
5 1 C 2 A 3 B Option D was mentioned, but it didn't match any of the shops.
61E 2C 3D
7 1 The interviewer asks if Adam's is a French restaurant (F) or a steakhouse (B), but Chris says it sells food
from all over the world, so E is the correct answer.
2 Vegetarian (A) dishes are mentioned when Chris talks about The Duke, but it's the fish dishes make it famous
and so it can't be a vegetarian restaurant.
3 Chris says that The Tower isn't a fast food restaurant (G) and it specialises in all different types of food from
Italy so D is the correct answer.

8 1 busy 2 tasty 3 low-cost 4 fashionable 5 reasonable

SYNONYM AND PARAPHRASE
91C 2B 3A 4C 5A 6C 7C 8B
10 1 cheap - reasonable, budget
2 tasty - delicious, mouth-watering
3 old-fashioned - traditional, historic
Page 88
4 street-outdoors, from stalls in the streets

Page 89
5 skilful - expertise, highly trained
6 can be changed-use different ingredients, flexible
7 famous - well known, recognised
8 too spicy- too much pepper, too hot

CLASSIFICATION
TASKS 11 1 B 2A 3C 4B

5 C EXAM SKILLS
12 1 B 2 E 3 D 4 C
SCRIPT

3 Mike: So, what type of meal do you think we should have at the party, Jane?

Jane: I don't know, Mike. Do you have any ideas?

Mike: What do you think about preparing a Mexican meal?

Jane: I really like Mexican food and we could have some fun Mexican party games, but I think it might be
too spicy for some people.

Mike: That's true. We could have pizza. Everybody likes pizza.

Jane: Hmm, I think we should have something healthier.

Mike: I know! We could have salad and roast chicken.

Jane: That sounds like a good idea. And it's fairly simple to prepare. Let's do that.

4 A: So do you think that we now have everything ready for the meal?

B: Almost, I was just wondering what would be the best way of preparing the potatoes.

A: Well, you could just boil them and serve them with the fish.

B: That would be easy, but I don't think it would be very exciting.

Page 90
A: What about frying them? Everybody likes fried potatoes.

B: They aren't very healthy though, and I haven't got much oil left.

A: You could bake them and serve them with the salad Elly's preparing.

B: That would taste good, but it takes ages to bake potatoes in the oven. I know, I'll boil them and then put them
with Elly's salad.

A: Before we go back to the flat, I think we need to check we have everything that we need.

B: OK, well you went to Arcadia, sol imagine that you got the strawberries and apples from there?

A: Yes, I did.

B: Did you notice if they had any cucumbers while you were over there?

A: I'm not sure. I thought you were going to get them.

B: Well I went over to Best Buy, and I got some nice carrots and peas, but I didn't like the look of the
cucumbers.

A: Oh, I suppose we can go there on the way back to the station.

B: Don't forget we need to get some cakes and pastries too. We can get those after we've been to Hampton's
to get the lamband chicken.

A: OK, good plan.

6 A: In this new series of 'Talk of the Town' we'll be looking at the different restaurants in and around
Ogdenville and getting some tips and recommendations from our resident food critic, Chris Griffin. So Chris,
where have you been this week?

B: Well, one restaurant that I really enjoyed is Adam's. It's on the Town Square. I ordered a steak au poivre
and it was perfect.

A: What's that?

B: It's a steak in peppercorns -it's quite a typical French dish.

Page 91
A: So, is it a French restaurant or a steakhouse?

B: Well, the chef is French, but it serves food from all over the world. It has a wide variety of dishes. One word
of warning though, it gets really busy at weekends, so you should check they have places before you go.

A: Have you got any other recommendations for us this week, Chris?

B: Oh, yes. I can really recommend the Duke on Smith Street. I had lobster and it was really tasty. It also has a
few vegetarian dishes, but it's the fish dishes that make it famous in the town. The food isn't that low-cost
though, so you might want to save going here for a special treat.

A: What about people who are on a budget? Have you got any suggestions for them?

B: Yes, I have. The Tower in Market Streetis a fashionable restaurant where people can get a good meal at a
reasonable price. I had a pizza, but it isn't a fast food restaurant, it specialises in all different types of food
from Italy. I've heard that the lasagne is especially good.

A: Thanks, Chris. You certainly have given us all food for thought.

11 Chef: I suppose one thing that everybody knows about Japanese, Chinese and Korean cooking is that they
all use chopsticks rather than knives and forks like people in the West. The chopsticks that people use in the
different countries are quite different though. In China the chopsticks tend to be made of wood and are round at
the end, whereas in Korea they're made of stainless steel and are rough at the end. This is because in the past
the emperor would use silver chopsticks, as they changed colour if there was any poison in the dish. They can
be quite tricky to use, but in Korea people use a spoon to eat their rice. In Japan they use a variety of things to
make chopsticks. Wood and plastic are the most popular now, but you can find bone, metal and even ivory
ones.

If we look at the food of the different countries, it's very difficult to talk about China in general terms because it
has many different cuisines. So it might be better if we look at Korean and Japanese food a little more. It's well
known that Koreans tend to like spicier food and red peppers can be found in a wide number of dishes. suppose
that everybody thinks of sushi when they think of Japanese food, but you can also find a lot of influences from
all over Asia and even Europe, for example tempura, which came to Japan from Portugal. Those aren't present
in Chinese and Korean food.

Traditionally, in both Japan and in Korea meat plays less of an important role than in Europe, perhaps because
it's so expensive due to the lack of space for keeping animals. That said, both the Japanese and Koreans enjoy
meat. Barbecues of all types are popular in Korea and beef forms the basis of many special meals in both of the
countries. Now moving back to Chinese cuisine...

Page 92
12 Interviewer: Today in the studio I am pleased to have with me the famous chef, Graham Shepherd.
Graham has just come back from Beijing in China, where he was making a TV programme on the food you can
try in this historic city. So, Graham, what can you tell us about your trip? Was it how you expected it to be?

Graham: It was quite surprising really. I suppose that most people think of Beijing duck when they think of
Beijing and I did try some of this tasty traditional dish, but with so many people from all over the country
living in Beijing there really are a lot of different foods from all regions of the country. One dish that I really
enjoyed and I didn't expect to find was kebabs. These tasty snacks are originally from north-west China, but
they're very popular street food in Beijing. They're especially popular as a tasty snack at lunchtime for school
pupils. They have less meat and more vegetables than we are used to, so they're a bit healthier.

Interviewer: I'm sure that most people have tried kebabs, but did you try anything that might be unusual for
our listeners?

Graham: Oh, yes. One of the things that I had was jellyfish. It added a nice texture to the dish, but I thought it
didn't taste of much. One dish that did have a strong taste was hotpot. The dish I had was made in the Sichuan
style, so it was very spicy. What I found interesting was that the hotpot was put on a hotplate in the centre of
the table, and we were given a dish of raw food and we chose what we wanted and put it into the pot ourselves,
and got it out when it was ready. It was great fun and very sociable. And very tasty!

Interviewer: I'm sure that you tried some of the dishes that we all know and love too. Can you tell us
something interesting about them?

Graham: Of course, everybody knows about noodles and dumplings, but I doubt many people know how many
different types there are! One of the highlights for me was learning how to make fresh noodles with a chef from
Northern China. The recipe of egg, salt and wheat flour is quite simple, but to make the noodles by hand you
need to be quite a skilful chef.

Something which is much simpler to make are dumplings. The basic ingredients are flour and water, but the
beauty of this dish is that it's very flexible. You can fill them with whatever you like. especially enjoyed
one with raw prawns, but all sorts of meat and vegetables can be put in them.

Interviewer: Thanks Graham, that's really interesting, but unfortunately we've run out of time. If you'd like
to know more about Graham's adventures, the series will be starting on Thursday at 7 o'clock on Channel 9.

HOMEWORK
Homework 1:

Page 93
1f 2a 3b

a It is cheaper to buy packet food,

b People do not know how to eat healthily,
c It is cheaper to buy fast food,
d They prefer fast food,
e They do not like packet food,
f It is quicker to buy fast food,
g They have to plan their meals,
h Schools teach children about a balanced diet.

Check-up 1:

Question Keywords in the chosen answer Synonyms in the audio

1 f. quicker to buy fast food Don’t have time to go shopping
2 a. Cheaper to buy packet food Cheaper to buy food already prepare in a packet
3 b. do not know how to eat healthy Why people don’t eat healthily … they don’t know how to

Check-up 2:

Now on to my next point … Why do so many people eat badly? Well, let’s look first at having a balanced diet.
To have a balanced diet you have to plan your meals in advance and then buy the right food… and then take
time to cook it properly. But, these days people are so busy working that they don’t have time to go shopping,
so they end up buying fast food at the last minute. Another reason people don’t eat well nowadays is that it’s
actually cheaper to buy food already prepared in a packet. So, people who haven’t got much money, will buy
packet food rather than cook something fresh. And a final reason why people don’t eat healthily … and that is
that they don’t know how to. In my opinion, schools don’t do nearly enough to educate their pupils in healthy
eating habits.

Homework 2:
1-2 B, E 3-4 B, C 5-6 C, D
Check-up 3: Fill in the blanks
W OK, so we have to choose one of these four people.
M It's going to be difficult
W Well, why don’t we agree on some criteria that will help us?
M Do you mean things like how old they were when they became successful?
W Yeah - except Im not sure how old they all were! Um, what about choosing a woman
M Is it fair to select someone because of their gender? And look at celebrities - there are lots of women
W But it was diferent in the past
M Oh I see. Yeah, OK. let's pick a woman.

Page 94
W Great. Right. well they re all pretty talented, aren't they? Some have even won awards
M Yeah, but maybe their fame won't last for ever
W No... so we should pick someone who's done something great on an international level.
M Yeah, that changed the world OK, I think that’s it. We've got our two criteria. So what do we need to do
before we meet again?
W Well, how much information have we got?
M Quite a lot of detail about their lives. but not enough about what they did
W OK - so before we meet again, let’s both find out as much as we can. It's always better to have too much
information
M Yeah. You’re right. What about pictures?
W Yeah - I don’t even know what this person looks like!
M OK - wel, we might get some from the library - but I can look on the Internet as well
W Once we've done that, we can get together and talk about the next stage.
M Yeah – I don't think we can write the presentation for the seminar yet, do you?
W No - anyway. It’ll be fun working together.
M Yeah It's been quite an education doing this
W Yes - it's made me think about success and what it really means.
M It isn’t about money, is it?

Homework 3:
1B 2A 3F 4G 5C

Check-up 4:

Question Keywords in the chosen answer Synonyms in the audio

1 B. keep it short Don’t want to spend too long on that
2 A. use visuals Some slides everyone can see
3 F. focus on one example Use as the basis for that part of the talk
4 G. do online research Look at some websites
5 C. involve other students Ask people in the audience

Check-up 5:
CARLA: So I think we’ve probably got enough for our presentation. It’s only fifteen minutes.
ROB: OK. So I suppose we’ll begin with some general historical background about why coastal cities were
established. But we don’t want to spend too long on that, the other students will already know a bit about it. It’s
all to do with communications and so on.
CARLA: Yes. We should mention some geographical factors, things like wetlands and river estuaries and
coastal erosion and so on. We could have some maps of different cities with these features marked.

Page 95
ROB: On a handout you mean? Or some slides everyone can see?
CARLA: Yeah, that’d be better.
ROB: It’d be good to go into past mistakes in a bit more detail. Did you read that case study of the problems
there were in New Orleans with flooding a few years ago?
CARLA: Yes, We could use that as the basis for that part of the talk. I don’t think the other students will
have read it, but they’ll remember hearing about the flooding at the time.
ROB: OK. So that’s probably enough background.
CARLA: So then we’ll go on to talk about what action’s being taken to deal with the problems of coastal cities.
ROB: OK. What else do we need to talk about? Maybe something on future risks , looking more at the long
term, if populations continue to grow.
CARLA: Yeah. We’ll need to do a bit of work there, I haven’t got much information, have
you? ROB: No. We’ll need to look at some websites. Shouldn’t take too long.
CARLA: OK. And I think we should end by talking about international implications. Maybe we could ask
people in the audience. We’ve got people from quite a lot of different places.
ROB: That’d be interesting, if we have time, yes. So now shall we …

SPEAKING
LEAD-IN
1 Suggested answers
1 Arabian Kabsa: lamb, onions, garlic, spices, carrots
2 Pizza: flour, cheese, tomatoes (and other toppings)
3 Egg noodles and Chinese dumplings: egg, flour, beef, onions, cabbage

GRAMMAR FOCUS: COUNTABLE AND UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS

3 1 are a lot of 2 isn’t much 3 is a lot of 4 are some 5 aren’t any 6 is some

EXPRESSING OPINIONS ABOUT FOOD

4 Positive: enjoy, delicious, quick to make, is tasty, convenient, fresh, healthy
Negative: too spicy, takes too long to cook, not keen on, so strange, don't like the taste, can't stand, too chewy

USING THE PREPARATION TIME IN PART 2

Page 96
6 1 Yes 2 risotto 3 a lot of rice is produced there, simple to cook, you can use different ingredients
4 It reminds her of home. It's a good meal to make for friends. 5 Because it is special and tastes different to
risotto in other countries.
71d 2a 3c 4b
ORGANISING A PART 2 TALK
91I 2I 3C 4C 5C
SCRIPT
4 Examiner: What kind of food is popular in your country?
Mohammed: These days a lot of young people actually enjoy Western food like pizza and fried chicken. Our
national food is often too spicy, especially for children and foreigners, and also it takes too long to cook. I think
that it's delicious though!

Examiner: What do you think of Western food?

Mohammed: Well, I suppose Western food is quick to make and is tasty too, so everyone can eat it without too
much trouble. I think that a lot of people like food to be convenient because they're so busy nowadays.

Examiner: Is there any kind of food you don't like?

Mohammed: Yes, I'm not keen on sushi at all. It's so strange eating something that hasn't been cooked. I know
it's very fresh and healthy but I just don't like the taste and I can't stand the texture - it's too chewy for me.

Angelica: I'm going to talk about an Italian dish-risotto. It's a rice dish and most people in my country enjoy it.
Unlike in most countries, we fry the rice with onion in olive oil before we add any liquid. We don't cook it in
water, but a kind of soup or broth, which can be made of meat, fish or chicken. I'm from Milan, and our
traditional risotto is made using saffron, which gives the dish a beautiful yellow colour. It's a very creamy and
delicious dish. We usually have it as a starter, not as the main meal.

Firstly, I think that it's popular in my country because - and not a lot of people know this -but Italy's one of the
biggest producers of rice in Europe. It's very simple to cook, and as I said before, you can use all types of
ingredients. Anything that you can find in the fridge! Also, Italians don't like to waste food, so if you have
some fish or some meat and it isn't enough for a meal, you can always make risotto.

Page 97
I love it first of all because it always reminds me of home. My mother's very fond of cooking risotto and if I
was unhappy, she used to make it for me and it always cheered me up. I don't live at home now and so when
I'm feeling homesick and missing my family, I always try to find an Italian restaurant and have some risotto!
And secondly, I like it because it's a great meal to make for friends - easy to prepare, but very tasty.

You can get risotto everywhere nowadays, but it isn't always that good. If you visit my country, especially the
northern part, recommend that you try to taste risotto there. It really is special and I promise that you will find
it different to any risotto that you have tasted before.

READING
LEAD-IN
1
1 curry, rice 2 cereal 3 mashed potato 4 fish, chips
5 noodles, vegetables, chicken 6 chicken, salad 7 toast
8 burger
Countable: burger, chips, noodle, vegetable
Uncountable: cereal, chicken, curry, fish, mashed potato, rice, salad, toast

LOCATING INFORMATION IN A TEXT

4 1 daal 2 chicken 3 China 4 burgers 5 India 6 burgers

51f 2d 3a 4e 5b 6c

SENTENCE COMPLETION
6 1 repeat 2 identity 3 palm 4 prosperity 5 Asia

HOMEWORK
PASSAGE 1

Page 98
 1. A, D 2. B, D

Question Keywords in the Synonyms in the passage Where have you found
question/chosen answer the evidence for
answers in the passage

1 Question: chocolate makers

agree with the ICCO

Answer:
The world is in the midst of a Passage A
1. A. The cocoa deficit is likely chocolate shortage, … it could get
to get much worse in the future. worse
2. D. Cocoa production has been one such disease, … , has reduced Passage C
badly affected in recent years by world cocoa production by 30 to 40
diseases. per cent.

2 Question: Cocoa farming

methods in West Africa
converting diverse tropical forests to
Answer:
cocoa farms Passage D
1. B. Land clearance is This expansion is destroying large
destroying important areas of areas of the Guinean Rainforest.
rainforest. Passage D
The slash and burn technique used
2. D. Wildlife is suffering as a by farmers … forces wildlife into
result of habitat loss caused by smaller and smaller areas.
farming.

3. B, C, E 4. C, E, G

Question Keywords in the Synonyms in the passage Where have you

question/chosen answer found the evidence
for answers in the
passage

3 Question: factors led to cocoa

shortage
Passage E

Page 99
 Answer: the rapidly increasing demand for
chocolate
1. B. Demand for chocolate Passage C
globally has increased.
High temperatures and dry weather in
West Africa
Passage C
2.C. The main cocoa-
producing area has
experienced drought the increase in plant diseases that are
conditions. destroying crops.

3.E. Cocoa crops have been

seriously affected by disease.

4 Question: options help

increase cocoa production
if current climate warming patterns
Answer:
continue, cocoa could be grown in areas Passage G
1.C. Cocoa could be grown in of the world where it wasn’t possible
new parts of the world as the before.
climate warms. it produces about seven times more
Passage F
cocoa beans than typical cocoa strains

2.E. New strains of cacao that resistant to some of the diseases

can produce more cocoa affecting cocoa production Passage F

3.G. New strains of cacao

which are less susceptible to
disease.

PASSAGE 2
1. F 2. D 3. E 4. D 5. F

Question Keywords in the Synonyms in the passage Where have you found
statement the evidence for
answers in the passage

Page
 1 Some learners people Passage F

Do not complete an give up studying on their online courses

academic programme

2 An increase in levels of anxiety and general tiredness has risen Passage D

stress dramatically
Employees office workers

3 An academic service it is possible to take a range of courses through Passage E

might develop in the distance learning, and the number of these is
future likely to rise in the next few years.

4 A traditional practice In the past, everyone knew that it Passage D

in writing was ‘correct’ to begin a letter
People used to use ‘Dear
more often Sir/Madam’ and end with ‘Yours faithfully’.
they can do this in ways they know the other
5 The ways Passage F
person will appreciate. For example, some
Different people like to
students prefer … often reluctant to do so
be given feedback on
their work

WRITING LESSON 5:
WRITING
DESCRIBING FIGURES
Describing figures

At
Start at + figure
Starting at 0.7$, the price of wholegrain recorded an incline
from 2004 to 2005. Starting at 0.6$, there was an increase in
the price of brown bread from 2001 to 2005. Starting at 0.6$,
there was an increase in the price of brown bread from 2001 to
Page
2005.

Page
Stand at + figure
The unemployment rate was/ stood at 5% in 2000.

Remain stable/remain the same at + figure

The percentage of foreign visitors to Vietnam remained stable at 30% in 2015.

A stability at + figure
A stability at 2$ in the price of wholegrain was experienced in the period of five
years, from 2001.

Peak at + figure = reach a peak of/reach the highest point of + figure

The amount of electricity produced peaked at 10,000 units in 2000.

Bottom at + figure = hit a low of / hit the lowest point of + figure

The oil consumption of Polland bottomed at 1.5 gallon in 1995.

To – By –
To – By – Of go with nouns describing upward trends. (increase/rise…)
(verb) increase/decrease to + figure
The number of students increased to 10,000 after 2 years.

(noun) an increase/decrease to + figure

There was an increase to 10,000 in the number of students after 2 years.

Page
(verb) increase/decrease by + figure
The number of students increased by 2,000 after 2 years.

(noun) an increase/decrease of + figure

There was an increase of 2,000 in the number of students after 2 years.

… point
reach a peak/reach the highest point of + figure
The amount of electricity produced reached a peak of 10,000 units in 2000.

hit a low/hit the lowest point of + figure

The amount of electricity produced hit the lowest point of 5,000 units in 1980.

around/between … and …
fluctuate/a fluctuation around + figure
The unemployment rate of Vietnam fluctuated around 10% from 2007 to 2010.

fluctuate/a fluctuation between… and….

The unemployment rate of Vietnam fluctuated between 8% and 12% from 2007
to 2010.

from …
The number of cars increased from almost 2 million in 2010 to approximately 4
million in 2012.

respecti
Likewise, California has experienced the dominant use of water for residential
and industrial reasons, (39%
and 33% respectively)

Page
Page
 PRACTICE
Practice 1: Fill in the blank
The line graph illustrates the amount of spreads consumed from 1981 to 2007, in grams.

The graph shows the quantity of margarine, low fat spreads and butter consumed between 1981 and 2007. The
quantities are measured in grams.
Over the period 1981 to 2007 as a whole, there was a sharp decline in the consumption of butter and margarine
and a marked increased in the consumption of low-fat spreads.
Butter was the most popular fat at the beginning of the period, and consumption reached a peak 1 …of…. about
160 grams in 1986. After this, there was a significant decrease 2 …to…. 50 grams at the end of the period.
The consumption of margarine began lower than that for butter, 3 …at…. 90 grams. Following this, in 1991, it
exceeded that of butter for the first time, 4 …to…. 100 grams, but after 1996 the amount of margarine
consumed witnessed a decline 5 …of…. 60 grams, 6 ……from…. 100 grams 7 …to…. only 40 grams in 2007.
Low-fast spreads were introduced in 1996, and they saw a significant rise in their consumption from that
time, so that by about 2001 they were consumed more than either butter or margarine, 8 …at…. about 70
grams.

Practice 2: Fill in the blank

The graph shows data about the annual earnings of three bakeries in Calgary, 2000-2010.

Page
Looking at the details, as regards Bolo Cakery, income started 1 …at…. $20,000 in 2000, then there was a
fluctuation over the next three years, at which point it levelled off 2 …at…. just under $40,000 until 2006. Then
the figure went up significantly, finishing 3 …at…. around $65,000 in 2010. If we look at Amandine Bakery,
the trend was similar. Having remained stable 4 …at…. approximately $55,000 in the first half of the decade,
income then rose sharply, reaching nearly $100,000 in 2008. There was then a gradual rise 5 …to…. around
$105,000 in 2010.
By contrast, the income of Mari Bakeshop went in the opposite direction. Takings fluctuated 6 …around….
$90,000 until 2004. After that, despite falling sharply 7 …to…. just over $40,000 in 2008, the figure then
levelled off in the last two years.

Proximate figures

AROUND, ABOUT, ROUGHLY, APPROXIMATELY, NEARLY, JUST OVER, JUST

UNDER, MORE THAN, LESS/FEWER THAN, BETWEEN ... AND ...

MAJORITY/MINORITY, MAJOR/MINOR,
SIGNIFICANT/INSIGNIFICANT, LARGE/SMALL, HUGE/TINY
Example: 88% = around 90%
Example: 73% = about three quarters

Page
THESE WORDS CAN GO WITH:
group, fraction, proportion, group, number, amount
● A minority is shown to represent those studying German, Spanish and French.
● According to the Eurostat survey, a very large number choose to study English.

Describing figures using gap

Subtraction: increase/decrease by or an increase/ a decrease of …
Division:

● double, triple, quadruple, quintuple, ... (verb)

● twofold, threefold, fourfold, fivefold, ... (adj)
● a twofold rise, a threefold decrease

Example:
The number of visitors going to the coast nearly
doubled at the end of the period, from 40
thousand in 1987 to nearly 75 thousand in 2007.
The number of visitors going to the coast
witnessed a twofold rise at the end of the period,
from 40 thousand in 1987 to nearly 75 thousand
in 2007.

Page
 PRACTICE 2
Practice 3: Write 5 sentences describing the figures of the following task using the words you have learnt.
The graph shows the percentage of single men in America, Vietnam, China from 2000 to 2020.

The proportion of single males in Vietnam witnessed a fivefold rise at the end of the period, from 5% in 2000 to
nearly 25% in 2020.
The ratio of Vietnamese bachelors nearly quintupled after a period of 20 years, from 5% in 2000 to nearly
25% at the end of the period.
The percentage of unmarried men in the US nearly doubled after five years, from 10% at the beginning of
the given period.
The figure for American unattached men recorded a twofold rise at the end of the period, from 10% in 2000
to nearly 20% in 2020.
A threefold increase was seen in the figure for single men in China throughout a period of 20 years, starting
at 5% in 2000 and finishing at around 15% in 2020.

Page
 HOMEWORK
Homework 1: Fill in the blank
The chart below shows the value of one country’s exports
in various categories during 2015 and 2016. The table
shows the percentage change in each category of exports
in 2016 compared with 2015.

The bar graph compares export earnings of a country

in billions of dollars from five different product
categories in 2015 and 2016 while the table data outlines the percentage change in export revenue in 2016 than
that of the previous year.

Overall, petroleum and engineered products were the main export revenue earners for this country both in 2015
and 2016, and the export amount increased in 2016 than the figure of previous years except for gems and
jewellery commodities.

In details, the country earned approximately 220 billion dollars from its export trades in 2015 which increased 1
…by. around 10 billion dollars next year. In 2015, earning from petroleum export was 2 …around…. 60 billion
dollars, the highest amount, while products consisted of 70 billion incomes in 2015 while the textile goods
secured around 27 billion, which was the lowest. In 2016, the country exported just over 30 billion dollar's
textile and agro merchandises each, and nearly 40 billion dollar's jewellery.

Next year, the country gained more export revenue except for jewellery products, revenue from which dropped
3 …by…. nearly 5%. Besides, the export of engineered goods soared 4 …by…. 8.5% while the highest
increase was for textile products, over 15%. Finally, it earned 3% and approximately 1% more from petroleum
and agricultural merchandises in 2016 than that of 2015.

Homework 2: Write 5 sentences describing the figures of the following task using the words you have learnt.

Page
The line graph below shows the percentage of tourists to Scotland who visited four different attractions in
Edinburgh.

The zoo witnessed a twofold rise at the end of the period, from 10% in 1980 to 20% in 2010 despite some
fluctuations in the middle years.
The proportion of visitors to the Zoo nearly doubled at the end of the period, from 10% in 1980 to 20% in 2010.
A twofold increase was seen in the ratio of tourists visiting the Zoo, from 10% in 1980 to 20% at the end of
the period.
The figure for travelers to Aquarium witnessed a twofold decrease throughout a period of 30 years, from 20% in
1980 to less than 10% at the end of the period.
A twofold decline was recorded in the percentage traveling to Aquarium, starting at 20% at the beginning of
the period and finishing at just under 10% in the end.

Homework 3: Write 2 bodies for the following task.

The graph shows the percentage of female members of Parliament in European countries between 2000 and
2012.
Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons where
relevant.

Page
(1) In the year 2000, Germany witnessed the highest rate of female participants for the MPs in Europe at
around one-third, followed by 17% in Belgium, 25% in France, and 27% in Italy. In contrast, the figures for
the UK were at merely 3%. Over the years, there was a dramatic increase in the proportion of female
representatives of Parliament in the UK and Germany.
(2) Italy had significant growth with 40% at the end of the period in 2012, surpassing the figure of Germany,
which was 37%. There was a gradual rise in the proportion of female members in Parliament in the UK and
France. The figures for France rapidly increased to 32%, and the UK witnessed a substantial increase from 3%
in 2000 to 24% and was at the same level as Belgium in 2012.

Page
 REVIEW (L, R, S)
LISTENING
Exercise 1:

1. ground floor 4. on campus

2. meet friends 5. four
3. fourth floor 6. play football

Question Tapescript
1. Tom: Hey, Sandra, how's it going? What do you think of the campus?
Sandra: I think it's all fantastic. Have you been to the coffee shop in the library
ground
floor yet? Tom: No, I haven't. Where is it?
2. Sandra: It's on the ground floor. You know, you can have a break without actually leaving the
library. It's really great to meet your friends there.
meet
friends

3. Tom: Yeah. That's an excellent idea. And it means you've got somewhere to chat without
upsetting people who want to study. I can't concentrate when other people are talking. I
fourth
usually go upstairs to work in the silent zone, on the fourth floor.
floor
4. Sandra: Oh, do you? Is it difficult to study at home, then? Where do you live?

on Tom: I'm living in a hall of residence on campus

campus
5. Sandra: Oh, right. It must be tough trying to study in your room.

four Tom: Yeah ... It's pretty noisy, especially at the weekends. Are you living on campus, too?
Sandra: Yes. I'm on campus, but there are only four people our house. So it tends to be a bit
quieter. It's at the end of the footpath, not far from the Sports Centre.

Page
 6. Tom: Oh, right. I know where you mean. I play football on the pitch next to the Sports Centre. I
spend quite a lot of time around there.
play
football Sandra: Well, next time you're in that part, let me know. You can come round for coffee.

Exercise 2:

1. dust particles 2. complete

3. behavior 4. more irritably

5. instability 6. negative

7. control 8. noise pollution

Question Tapescript
1. These days, we know a lot about contaminated air, contaminated water, and so on. We know
that smoke, chemical substances, and dust particles pollute our environment.
dust
particles
2. We are not so familiar with the concept of pollution from noise and especially with its
psychological effects. Generally, the physical effects are not surprising: partial or complete
complete
deafness can result from excessive noises — airports, some factories, even some discos! But
did you know that it is possible to kill a person with the right or wrong noise?
3. Psychologists now believe that noise has a considerable effect on people's attitudes and
behavior.
behavior
4. Experiments have proved that in noisy situations, even temporary ones, people behave more
irritably and less cooperatively; in more permanent noisy situations, many people cannot work
more
hard, and they suffer from severe anxiety and instability as well as other psychological
irritably
problems.
5.

Page
 instability

6. However, psychologists distinguish between "sound" and "noise". "Sound" is measured

physically in decibels. "Noise" cannot be measured in the same way because it refers to the
negative
psychological effect of sound, and its level of "intensity" depends on the situation. Thus, for
passengers at an airport who expect to hear aeroplanes taking off and landing, there may be a
lot of sound, but not much noise, that is, they are not bothered by the noise. By contrast, if you
are at a concert and two people behind you are whispering, you feel they are talking noisily
even if there is not much sound. You notice the noise because it affects you psychologically.
Both sound and noise can have negative effects, but what is important is if the person has
control over the sound.

7. People walking down the street with stereo earphones, listening to music that they enjoy,
are receiving a lot of decibels of sound, but they are probably happy hearing sounds, which
control
they control.
8. On the other hand, people in the street without stereo earphones must tolerate a lot of noise
which they have no control over. It is noise pollution that we need to control in order to help
noise
people live more happily.
pollution

Exercise 3:
1A 2C 3B 4C 5A

READING
PASSAGE 1

Câu 1: NO PARAGRAPH A: IV

Tea, now an everyday beverage in many parts of the

world Trà, hiện là thức uống hàng ngày ở nhiều nơi trên

thế giới Câu 2: PARAGRAPH B: VII

Page
Tea originated in China, and in Eastern Asia, tea making and drinking ceremonies have been popular for
centuries.

Trà có nguồn gốc từ Trung Quốc, và ở Đông Á, nghi lễ pha trà và uống trà C2: đã phổ biến trong nhiều thế kỷ.

Câu 3: PARAGRAPH C: I

As, over the last four hundred years, tea-leaves became available throughout much of Asia and Europe, the
ways in which tea was drunk changed.

Trong hơn bốn trăm năm qua, lá trà đã trở nên phổ biến khắp châu Á và châu Âu, cách uống trà đã thay

đổi. The variations are endless.

Câu 4: PARAGRAPH D: X

When the price of tea fell in the nineteenth century poor people took up the drink with enthusiasm.

Khi giá trà giảm vào thế kỷ 19, những người nghèo đã say mê uống trà.

Câu 5: PARAGRAPH E: II

Throughout the world today, few religious groups object to tea drinking.

Trên khắp thế giới ngày nay, rất ít nhóm tôn giáo phản đối việc uống trà.

Câu 7: PARAGRAPH G: XII

For over a thousand years, Arab traders have been bringing Islamic culture, including tea drinking, to
northern and western Africa. Techniques of tea preparation have been adapted.

Trong hơn một nghìn năm, các thương nhân Ả Rập đã mang văn hóa Hồi giáo, bao gồm cả việc uống trà,
đến miền bắc và miền tây châu Phi. Các kỹ thuật pha chế trà đã được điều chỉnh.

Câu 8: PARAGRAPH H: V

There, tea made entirely with milk is popular.

Ở đó, trà làm hoàn toàn bằng sữa được ưa chuộng.

Page
Câu 9: PARAGRAPH I: III

Yet, the convention of afternoon tea

lingers. Tuy nhiên, quy ước về trà chiều

vẫn còn.

Câu 10: RITUALS OF HOSPITALITY

Đoạn A: Tea, now an everyday beverage … in wider society.

Trà, hiện là thức uống hàng ngày ở nhiều nơi trên thế giới, qua nhiều thế kỷ, đã trở thành một phần quan trọng
của nghi lễ hiếu khách cả trong gia đình và ngoài xã hội.

Câu 11: GRADES AND BLENDS

Đoạn D: Different grades and blends of tea were sold to suit every pocket.

Các loại trà và hỗn hợp trà khác nhau được bán cho phù hợp với mọi túi tiền.

Câu 12: CAFFEINE

Đoạn E: Seventh-Day Adventists, … the drinking of tea.

Những người theo thuyết Cơ đốc Phục lâm, nhận ra loại đồ uống này là một loại thuốc có chứa chất kích thích
caffein, cau mày khi uống trà.

Câu 13: NOMADIC BEDOUIN(S)

Đoạn F: Nomadic Bedouin are well known for the traditions of hospitality in the desert.

Người du mục Bedouin nổi tiếng với truyền thống hiếu khách trên sa mạc.

Câu 14: SUGAR AND SPICES

Đoạn D: There, tea made … sugar and some spices.

Ở đó, trà được làm hoàn toàn bằng sữa rất phổ biến. “Chai” được làm bằng cách đun sôi sữa và thêm trà, đường
và một số gia vị.

Page
PASSAGE 2
1B 2C 3A 4C 5A 6A 7B 8C 9D 10 A, C, E, F

EXTRA WRITING
LESSON 6: WRITING
WRITING BODY PARAGRAPHS
(LINE GRAPH)
Step 1: Determine how to divide the body paragraph
Example 1:
The graph below shows the number of
complains made about noise to Environmental
Health authorities in the city of Newtown
between 1980 and 1996.
Summarize the information by selecting and
reporting the mian features, and make
comparisons where relevant.

In this line graph you can group data in two ways:

by
Choose a year to split the chart into two halves, where
Body 1 will describe the first year to the split point

Body 2 will describe notes from the split point to the final year

In this example, you can choose the year 1988 as the split point and describe the number of complaints from
1980 to 1988 in body 1 (the beginning points, trends from 1980 to 1988), whereas in body 2 you will
describe these from 1988 onwards.

Page
Here’s an example of providing specific data:
From the beginning year to 1988, complaints about road works and traffic noise followed the same figure,
starting at 500 and 300, respectively before gradually declining to 400 and 200 correspondingly.
In the following years, road works was constantly higher than traffic noise, both these figures witnessed a
significant increase to 600 and over 1200 in the same order.

by

Divide bodies by similarities or contraries: groups of quantities that have similarities or contraries in
terms of trend

As you can see, complaints made about Road Works and Traffic Noise follow a quite similar trend, while
that of Road Works and Domestic/household are opposite patterns.

So you can describe either complaints made about Road Works and Traffic Noise (1) or complaints
made about Road Works and Domestic/household (2) in Body 1, and Body 2 will include the two
remaining.

The structure of Body 1 may look like this:

For (1): description of complaints made about Road Works. Likewise/similarly, description of complaints made
about Traffic Noise
For (2): description of complaints made about Road Works. By contrast/On the contrary, description of
complaints made about Domestic/household

Here's an example of providing specific data:

Complaints about factories and households presented a generally increasing behaviour. Although the number of
reports concerning households dropped from 500 to 400 in 1986, it grew swiftly after 1988, exceeding 1200
reports. By contrast, the number of complaints made about factory noise increased steadily from 400 to 700
charges per year during the first six years and remained relatively constant after 1986.

Page
Step 2: Choose the most important information to include in the article
 The overall trends for the whole line
 The most prominent smaller trends in each line
 Important points: starting point, highest point, lowest point, intersection point, end point…
 Comparison between quantities: higher, lower in each period or some special point

Step 3: The order of describing information in the paragraph

MOST SIGNIFICANT → LEAST SIGNIFICANT
Always describe the importance of the information, with large, large, important, high-impact quantities need to
be described first.

Practice 1:
The graph below shows how people buy music. Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main
features, and make comparisons where relevant.

Step 1:
- Divide the body paragraph by years
+ Body 1: 2011 and the middle years
+ Body 2: 2018

Step 2:
- Overall: downloads and CDs sales steadily declined, streaming rapidly increased.
- 2011: CDs highest, streaming lowest

Page
- Middle years: the percentage of CDs declined, that of downloads and streams increased.

Body 1:
At the beginning of the period, CDs were the most purchased and accounted for over 55% of the total music
sales. Almost 20% less sales were seen in case of downloads in this year, whereas the least purchase was for
streams, at 5%. During the middle years, the popularity of CDs slipped at a constant rate while streams purchase
exhibited an opposite trend and that of downloads rose until 2014 before losing its market in the later part of the
period.

Practice 2:
The graph below shows average carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions per person in the United Kingdom, Sweden,
Italy and Portugal between 1967 and 2007.
Summerise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons where relevant.

Step 1:
- Divide the body paragraph by years:
+ Body 1: 1967
+ Body 2: Middle years to 2007.

Step 2:
- Overall: Sweden, UK decreased; Italy, Portugal increased; UK - largest amount of CO2
- 1967: UK -> Sweden -> Italy -> Portugal

Intro:
The line graph compares the average amount of carbon dioxide emitted by a person in four different
countries over a four-decade period starting from 1967 to 2007

Page
Overview:
Overall, it is apparent that each Sweden or UK person released less CO2 over the period researched, but CO2
emissions in Italy and Portugal showed a significant increase. Citizens in the UK were responsible for the
largest amount of CO2 released all the time,

Body 1:
In 1967, about 11 tonnes of CO2 was produced by a UK citizen, followed by 9 tonnes in Sweden. In
comparison, each Italian discharged over 4 tonnes which was approximately threefold higher than that of
a Portuguese.

Practice 3:
The graphs below show the number of men and women in full and part-time employment in Australia between
1973 and 1993.
Write a report for a university lecturer describing the information shown below.

Step 1:
Divide body paragraph
+ Body 1: full-time employment
+ Body 2: Part-time employment

Step 2:
- Overall:

Page
 + Full time: highest -> males 1973, females 1993.
+ Part time: highest -> both sexes 1993.
- Full-time: males > females
+ males: 1973 (60% 15-19 workers, 90% older, 20% oldest group)
1993 (decline slightly but with the same pattern)
+ females: 1993 (dominant age groups: 55% 20-24, 45% 40-45)
- Part-time: females > males
+ highest figure: 22% 15-19 men, 33% 35-39 women
+ the numbers of both genders increased

Intro:
The line charts compare the proportion of Australian males and females in different age group engaging in
part- time and full-time jobs in 1973 and 1993.

Overview:
Overall, it is apparent that the highest percentage of full-time employment was recorded among men in 1973,
while females were busier in this type of employment in 1993. As for part-timers, this sector was more
pronounced in 1993 for both genders and teenagers.

Body 1:
Regarding full-time people, the rates for males were generally ahead of their female counterparts. More
specifically, approximately 60% of men between the age of 15 and 19 worked as full-time employees in 1973,
and the figure then increased dramatically before hovering around 90% as they grew older. However, only 20%
of the oldest age group continued to work. It is also interesting to note that the percentages for full-time males
declined slightly in 1993 although the same pattern was repeated. In addition, for full-time women, the
dominant age groups were 20-24 and 40-45, at 55% and 45% respectively in 1993.

Body 2:
To turn to part-time work, more females took part in this kind of job than males did. A striking difference was
that while the highest figure was for men aged 15-19, that for women was the 35-39 age group, about 22% for
the former and practically 33% for the latter in 1993. Besides, the numbers for both categories experienced a
period of sharp growth after two decades.

Page
Page
 UNIT 5: CONSUMERISM
LISTENING
LEAD-
IN
1 A supermarket B shopping centre C outdoor market D department store E coffee shop
2 1 D department store 2 C outdoor market 3 B shopping centre
SECTION 2 OF THE LISTENING TEST
INDENTIFYING DISTRACTORS
3 1 east 2 tea 3 11/eleven 4 trousers
4 5/6 south, north 7/8 souvenirs, cameras 9/10/11 9/nine, 6/six, 5/five 12/13 shirts, jackets

RECOGNISING PARAPHRASE AND SYNONYMS

51e 2c 3d 4a 5f 6b
MULTIPLE-CHOICE QUESTIONS
6 A-3 B-2 C-1
Listening: The correct answer is C.
7 The key words are 'writer' and 'arrive'.
A noon B quarter past two C half past three
Listening: The correct answer is B.

8 Paraphrase A is wrong. The staff are the people who serve the customers.
Listening: The correct answer is B.

EXAM SKILLS
91A 2C 3B 4A 5A 6B
SCRIPT

2 Recording 1

Page
Whatever you do, don't miss our Summer Sale. This weekend, and this weekend only, we're reducing all our
prices right across our store. So, on our first floor you'll find women's jeans at just $20 a pair. And, just in time
for the holiday season, our T-shirts and swimwear are on special offer too.

And if you're looking for shoes, you'll want to visit the fourth floor. You'll find a good selection of styles
and colours in our footwear department situated right next to the coffee shop. This weekend, they're all half
price and that includes a wide choice of sports shoes in most sizes! So, hurry before they're all gone! Sale
ends Sunday! Miss our sale? Miss out!

Recording 2

Dan: So, Jess, what do you think of my hat?

Jess: It's very nice - I like the colour, and it'll definitely keep the sun off your face. Actually, I didn't notice the
clothing stalls.

Dan: I know you didn't! That's because you spent most of your time there looking at all the jewellery! And
relaxing in all that fresh air, of course!

Jess: That's true - but actually, I managed to find a really nice necklace. And you'll never guess how cheap it
was! Do you want to have a look?

Recording 3

A: So what did you think of it? It only opened a few weeks ago, didn't it?

B: Yes, that's right, so that's why it was very busy. In fact, it was a bit like being at a football match - there were
so many people! But I really liked it - it's very convenient because there were at least 50 different shops all
under one roof and there's a car park too. I'd really like to go back.

A: Then how about going along there together next weekend? I'd really like to see it for myself. I also need to
buy a birthday present for my mum. You could help me choose something for her. And we can go for a coffee
afterwards! I'll pay!

3 Recording 1 And now for the local news... A new branch of Sports World, the Danish sporting goods
company, is opening on Saturday. Most of you will be familiar with the branch in the south of Grinstead that
opened two years ago and which has enjoyed a lot of success. There was talk of them opening a new store in
the Meadows Shopping Centre in the north of the town, but they have finally decided to open in the east, near
the football stadium. As a special treat for fans, Grinstead Town's Danish striker Jesper Nielsen will be opening
the store ahead of their home match at the weekend.

Page
Recording 2 That's the end of our tour of the city, so you now have a couple of hours to spend exploring the
city centre. If you want to buy souvenirs, you might find them cheaper near the hotel. However, if you're
feeling a bit tired, there are plenty of teashops nearby and they also sell boxes of tea that make really good
presents. A word of warning, you'll find a lot of cheap electronic stores offering cameras at really low prices.
They might seem good quality, but we've had a lot of complaints from tourists who have bought them, only to
find they break after about a week.

Recording 3 Thank you for calling the Eastgate Shopping Centre. The centre is currently closed. Our
opening days and times are as follows... Monday to Saturday we are open from nine o'clock until six o'clock
and on Sunday, our doors open at eleven o'clock and we close at five o'clock.

Recording 4 When I first opened the shop three years ago, we mainly sold shirts and jackets that I had
designed, and these proved very popular. However, we added more products as the business started to grow.
We also started selling online. The jackets and shirts are still really popular, especially online, but in the shop
itself, we sell trousers more than any other item.

6 We also sell a lot of T-shirts. When I first opened the shop, I had a lot of designs that I'd worked on at
university and in general these had writing on the front. I thought that it might be fun if people could put a
photograph on the T-shirts as well. I invested quite a bit of money in this and they were popular at first. We
sometimes have young children who come in with their parents and they buy T-shirts with photographs on. I've
stopped designing T-shirts with writing on them, because I don't have the time, so now we sell more T-shirts
with nothing on them at all. If fashions change, I might go back to designing them and if you want a photograph
on your T-shirt, you know where to come.

7 Calling all fans of Sam West! This famous adventure writer will be in Westfield shopping centre tomorrow in
Bookworms Bookshop on the first floor. He will be signing copies of his latest book, Timed Out. He is expected
to get there at quarter past two and will stay until half past three. Get there as soon as you can because queues
will start to form as early as noon. Don't miss this great opportunity to meet everyone's favourite writer!

8 I had a great day at that new shopping centre but I would complain about one thing - and not the usual kind
of thing - the service in all the shops was good, and I had a delicious lunch in the café on the third floor. No, the
annoying thing was the amount of rubbish I saw around me. I think it was because there weren't enough rubbish
bins for people to put their empty cans and sweet wrappers in. But, apart from that, I would say that it's well
worth a visit.

9 You will hear a tour guide talking to some tourists. Listen and answer questions 1-6.

Hello everyone. So can you all hear me and see me? OK, my name's David Edwards and I'm your tour leader
for your shopping tour today. Now, as you can see, we're parked just in front of the main theatre. If any of
you
Page
would like tickets for tonight's performance, we can arrange that for you. We're just round the corner from the
railway station. If you want to come on our Historic Buildings tour tomorrow, the coach will leave from just
outside the station. And if you want to go for a drink at the end of our tour today, there are plenty of cafés just
behind the station.

We're still waiting for a few people, but while we wait I can tell you a little about the theatre. Although the
building is very modern, in fact a theatre has existed on this site for over 200 years. The original theatre used to
be very popular because of the musicals it put on. However, it had to be rebuilt after a fire. Somepeople love
the striking modern design, others hate it. These days, its popularity is mainly due to the fact that it attracts a lot
of well-known performers.

Now, in a few minutes' time - at 9.30 - we'll be starting our tour. First we're going to make our way down
to Market Place, which is one of the most famous squares in the city - that should take us about ten
minutes.
There's not too much traffic on the roads, so we should get there at quarter to ten at the latest.

Market Place was the city's old food market. People used to come in from the countryside to sell their fresh fruit
and vegetables. Remember that these were the days before supermarkets! You won't find any food here now
though. It's now a craft market and I think you'll find lots to interest you- especially if you want to take presents
home. You'll see all kinds of things like hand-painted local pottery and leathergoods. Personally, I suggest that
you visit the jewellery stalls. You really won't find anything like it anywhere else! But if you're looking for
clothes, I'm afraid you'll be disappointed. Wait for this afternoon's visit. We'll stop at Market Place for an hour
and a half and then continue the tour with a visit to the Regional Food Centre. Here you can find over 50 types
of local cheeses! There is also fresh fruit juice on sale - orange juice, peach juice, pomegranate juice, produced
in the villages of the region, and local jam too. You're welcome to buy things to take home with you, but the
real reason for our visit is lunch. The idea is that you buy food and drink from the stalls and take it to eat in the
lovely open- air dining area.

And finally, in the afternoon we will be visiting the Fashion Fair in the exhibition centre on the outskirts of the
city. This is a huge venue, so try not to get lost. There is a whole hall devoted just to footwear-every kind of
shoes and boots you can imagine. You can easily find it because it has a green roof. Just don't go through the
blue doors at the entrance. of the centre - you have to pay for that part of the exhibition. And if all that shopping
has exhausted you, there's a café where you can rest your weary feet! That's in the building with a red sign. But
don't worry, I'll remind you all about that later.

Right, everyone's here now, so, if you've all got your shopping bags, let's go!

HOMEWORK
Homework 1
Page
A.

1. evolution 5. garden
2. group discussion 6. local park
3. communicate 7. reptiles
4. Main hall 8. Biology

B.

Answer Sentence

1. A the evolution of animals

2. B
followed by a group discussion (2)

own thoughts and opinion

3. A communicate with each other .(3)

4. B
adapt to their natural environment
here in the main hall. (4)

5. B We've called it
6. A
a nature walk through
fascinating animals and plants

7. A brought some other reptiles

8. A
head on over to
white coats by the door

Hello, everyone, and welcome to our college Natural History day. You've all got your programme for the
day, but let me just give you a bit of information about your options for this morning's sessions, which
begin at half past nine. Remember, you need to attend one of these sessions.

Page
All right, your first choice is called 'Dogs might fly', which will take place in Room 27. Professor Keenan.
Who you may remember ran a workshop last year on how dinosaurs became extinct, will be giving a lecture
on the evolution of animals. In particular, she'll be looking at how they may evolve in the future, and this will
be followed by a group discussion where you'll get a chance to ask her questions and offer your own
(2)

thoughts and opinions on this. So, if the evolution of animals is something you're interested in, head for
(1)

Room 27.
We all know that animals communicate with each other. But what about flowers? Your second choice is a
video presentation called 'Flowers talk'. This considers the possibility that plants and flowers do actually
communicate with each other The video is presented by Patrick Bell, who has just written a book on how
.(3)

plants adapt to their natural environment. So it should be very interesting. That will take place in the lecture
room, no sorry, correct that, here in the main hall. We've had to move it because the lecture room is being
(4)

renovated.
The third choice is ideal for those of you who want to get a bit of fresh air. We've called it 'A world in your
garden', which we thought was appropriate as it looks at the sort of things you can find just by stepping out
(5)

of your front door. Anyway, for those of you interested in getting away from the classroom, Doctor Watkins
will be taking you on a nature walk through the local park, and will be telling you about some of the
(6)

fascinating animals and plants that live and grow nearby. Arid it's a lovely day for a walk!
The final option, well, you might want to avoid this one if you're frightened of things like snakes, as this is a
hands-on workshop where you'll actually get a chance to handle these exotic creatures. It won't just be
snakes, however. I believe Tom Howard, our resident reptile expert, has brought some other reptiles along
for you to meet, including his pet tortoise. Reggie, who is over 100 years old, and a pet lizard he calls
(7)

Arthur.
So, if you want to meet Reggie and his other reptile friends, head on over to the Biology lab at 9.30. I'm sure
you'll have a lot of fun. For those of you who don't usually use the Biology lab, could I remind you that you
need to put on one of the white coats by the door before you go in. (8)

OK, now, we've got some students here from Bardwell College who ... [fade]

Homework 2

1. 5-10
2. online dangers.
3. friends online
4. Test Doctors

Page
Internet safety is a big concern nowadays and to protect your children and teenagers online, it’s a good idea
to monitor the sites they visit. Don't be put off from letting your kids use the Internet; it’s essential for their
education and can help them make friends too!
Now, let me tell you a bit about some sites we've found for children. Of course, there's a limited number of
sites for the very young, but we would suggest one called Playtime Online. It’s designed for children from
four to six years old. It's really colourful and helps children learn skills for games. Children love it and it
helps them when they begin school. Then, from five until about ten years of age. There’s a really useful
website called Moving Up. This takes Playtime Online a step further and enhances the maths and language
(1)

skills of the child. Teachers speak highly of this site for child development.
When children get into their teens, the Internet can be a more dangerous place. Net Aware, for the twelve to
sixteen year age group, makes young people more aware of online dangers. It’s a good site for your child to
(2)

look at before they start surfing on their own.

Now, all teenagers love chatting, and Chat Electric is a site designed specifically for teens from thirteen to
sixteen to make friends online with people their own age. (3)

The last site is invaluable for teens studying for exams. Sixteen- to eighteen-year-olds love Test Doctors,
which is a site designed to help students revise for their exams and is full of handy hints and tips. The site is
(4)

run by subject specialists so it's packed full of information.

Homework 3

1. India
2. handbag theft
3. Latin
America
4. gun crime

Question Tapescript

1. India Good evening, everyone. It’s great to be here to talk to you about staying safe on holiday.
Before I came this evening, I did a little research on where students like to go for their
holidays and came up with two continents: Latin America and India. So, mmm … I’ve been
looking at the crime figures for both areas, and I thought I'd start by talking a bit about that.
Then I'll give you some advice about how to avoid becoming a victim of crime.

Page
 OK, first of all, let's look at what kinds of crime are committed most in different continents ...
Ummm, OK, I'll start with India.
2. Generally, India isn't thought of as a dangerous place for individuals, but there has been an
increase in handbag theft in recent years ...
handbag
theft
3. So keep an eye on your bag when you're out in the street. Right. Now let's look at Latin
America. Mmmm …
Latin
America
4. Of course, you do realize that not all Latin American countries are the same, but it is true to say
that guns are used in a high percentage of crimes across the continent. Looking at the figures, it
gun crime seems that gun crime is a serious problem throughout.

SPEAKING
LEAD-IN
2 1 convenient 2 traditional 3 all sorts of 4 selection 5 atmosphere 6 out-of-the-way 7 keen on
8 trying on 9 afford 10 reasonable 11 original 12 place
31d 2c 3e 4f 5b 6a
DEVELOPING IDEAS IN PART 2
7 Sample notes
What kind of place? department store - 100 years old, famous, 4 floors, 30 departments
Where? centre of town - near car park, station
What I like: jewellery department - rings, necklaces, gold
Why I like it: atmosphere - traditional, assistants friendly, helpful

SCRIPT

Page
2 The place where I really enjoy shopping is Covent Garden Market. It's very convenient because it isn't far
from where I live. It isn't a traditional food market, though at one time it used to sell fruit and vegetables. Now,
it's a collection of all sorts of independent shops and stalls. There's an amazing selection of things to buy-
clothes, jewellery, books, art and crafts. I love it because it has a great atmosphere. There are cafés outside in
the square, and often you can see street performers. It's very lively and friendly. I avoid the big malls because
they're often out-of-the-way-you need a car to get to them And what do I enjoy buying? Well, I'm keen on
fashion and like to go clothes shopping whenever I can. I love trying on clothes even if I can't afford to buy
them!

And I absolutely love going to the sales! Sometimes I manage to find great designer shoes at very reasonable
prices. And I like shopping for really fun and original gifts for my friends - things that nobody else has. Covent
Garden's a great place to do that.

7 You asked me to describe a place where I like going shopping, so I'm going to talk about a department store
in my town. It's called Judies and it's a very old store. In fact, it's about a 100 years old, so it's very famous. I
would say that it's a landmark because everyone knows it. It's very large and spacious too, with four floors and
more than 30 different departments to visit. You can find anything you want here, such as unusual presents for
your friends, and you can buy really good food too. For example, you can buy traditional cakes and sweets that
are famous in my area and they are delicious. It's an amazing shop but it's not cheap. In fact, it's one of the most
expensive shops in the area.

I think it's in a good location because it's right in the centre of the town, which is very convenient. It's also very
close to the railway station and a multi-storey car park too, so that's good for you if you have lots of shopping
bags to carry. What do I like to do there? Well, I really like spending time in the jewellery department and this
is on the ground floor of the building. I love looking at the different rings and necklaces. I enjoy trying them
on too! I like gold jewellery the best but I can't afford it. Why do I like it so much? Well, I like the atmosphere
in the store because it's very traditional. All the sales assistants are very friendly and helpful too. Yes, it's a
really good store, so that's why I spend a lot of time in it!

READING
1 According to the text, all these activities can be done at a mall. The pictures show a climbing wall, a beauty
treatment, skiing, a health check and having an expensive meal.

2 1 All of the activities are mentioned.

Page
2 The text mentions the US, China, the Middle East, East Asia, Bangkok, Singapore, Madrid, London.

3 It is about the present and future.

3 (1) Asia and not the US is now the 'mall capital' of the world and is home to the five largest malls in the world.
(2) China is home to the two largest.

4 C Malls are becoming 'the new downtown', with cinemas, bowling alleys and even concert

halls. D Mall owners are going to need to think of new ideas to remain in business.

E Malls will need to consider the environment too.

5 Possible answers

C There will be more fine dining/There will be spas, fitness centres and art galleries/There will be more
apartments and office space.

D There are 'pop-up' shops, stalls and kiosks at different times of the year.

E Malls will have to make sure people can reach them by public transport/Malls will have to use natural sources
of heat and light/ There will be more plants, trees, grass and waterfalls.

71c 2e 3a 4f 5b 6d

8 B iii Cv Di E iv

9 will - So what will the mall of the future look like? / It is predicted that this will happen more and more in the
future. / Some malls will only sell electrical items / Some malls will only include expensive shops/ the facilities
malls will need to offer/Malls will need to consider the environment too. / There will be more open-air
malls/designers will have to make sure / They will also need to use more natural sources of heat and light/We
will see more plants, trees/there will be 'virtual malls'/technology will be used within malls / the mall will go
from strength to strength

going to - in the future we are going to see 'fine dining' too / There are also going to be more apartments/Mall
owners are going to need to think of new ideas

10 1 is going to 2 are going to 3 will 4 will/are going to 5 are going to 6 will

Page
11 1 F 2D 3B 4C 5E

12 1 B ii 2 C iv 3 D vii 4Ei 5 F vi

HOMEWORK
PASSAGE 1
Câu 1. YES
Đoạn 2: The recently published report … record of businesses.
Báo cáo được công bố gần đây cũng dự đoán rằng quá trình này sẽ lặp lại với những lo ngại về ‘đạo đức’, liên
quan đến các vấn đề như thương mại công bằng với Thế giới thứ ba và thành tích xã hội của các doanh nghiệp.

Câu 2. NO
Đoạn 2: despite recession … through consumerism
bất chấp suy thoái và áp lực tài chính, nhiều người hơn bao giờ hết muốn mua các sản phẩm thân thiện với môi
trường và 'làn sóng xanh' đã quét qua chủ nghĩa tiêu dùng

Câu 3. YES
Đoạn 3: the proportion … 60 per cent in 1994.
tỷ lệ người tìm kiếm các sản phẩm xanh và sẵn sàng trả nhiều tiền hơn cho chúng đã tăng từ 53% năm 1990 lên
khoảng 60% năm 1994.

Câu 4. NOT GIVEN

Câu 5. NO
Đoạn 3: this percentage is … those aged 35 to 44.
Tỷ lệ này cao hơn ở phụ nữ, các nhóm quản lý và chuyên nghiệp và những người từ 35 đến 44 tuổi.

Page
Câu 6. NOT GIVEN

Check-up 1:

Q Keywords in the statement Keywords in the evidence (evaluate if Where have you found the
there are any same words, synonyms, evidence (which
opposites or if there’s no match) paragraph, sentence)
research findings report…
1 = The recently published report also Paragraph: 2
commercial trends predicts that…
Sentence: 2
= ‘ethical’ concerns, involving
issues …..social record of businesses
Being financially better off
2 >< recession and financial pressures Paragraph: 2
shoppers
Sentence: 1
= people
more sensitive to
buying ‘green’. = want to buy environmentally friendly
products…
shoppers
= the proportion who look for green Paragraph: 2
pay more for the benefit of products
3 Sentence: 3
the environment
= pay more for them
majority

= has climbed….to around 60 per cent

Consumers’ green shopping
4 habits are influenced by no match
Mintel’s findings.

Page
 professional and managerial
5 groups. >< among women, managerial and Paragraph: 2
professional groups and those aged 35
to 44. Sentence: last

Mintel undertakes market

6 surveys on an annual basis. no match

Câu 7. B
Đoạn 1: This suggests that … misjudging the public mood.
Điều này cho thấy rằng các chính trị gia tuyên bố chủ nghĩa môi trường là vấn đề của ngày hôm qua có
thể đang đánh giá sai nghiêm trọng tâm trạng của công chúng.

Câu 8. B
Đoạn 2: A report from Mintel, the market research organisation, …Một báo cáo từ Mintel, tổ chức nghiên cứu
thị trường

Câu 9. C
Đoạn 5: Another 26 per cent … their spending habits.
26% khác là 'cây xanh dành cho ghế bành'; họ cho biết họ quan tâm đến các vấn đề môi trường nhưng mối
quan tâm của họ không ảnh hưởng đến thói quen chi tiêu của họ.
Check-up 2: Translate the following paragraphs into Vietnamese

Báo cáo từ Mintel, tổ chức nghiên cứu thị trường, cho biết rằng mặc dù có khủng hoảng kinh tế và áp lực tài
chính, ngày càng có nhiều người muốn mua các sản phẩm thân thiện với môi trường và một "sóng xanh" đã lan
tỏa trong tiêu dùng, thu hút cả những người trước đây không quan tâm đến vấn đề môi trường. Báo cáo mới đây
cũng dự đoán rằng quá trình này sẽ tiếp tục với các vấn đề "đạo đức", liên quan đến việc thương mại công bằng
với Thế giới Thứ ba và bản sắc xã hội của doanh nghiệp. Các công ty sẽ phải trở nên trung thực và cởi mở hơn
để đáp ứng tâm trạng này.

Cuộc khảo sát của Mintel, dựa trên gần 1.000 người tiêu dùng, đã phát hiện ra rằng tỷ lệ người tìm kiếm các sản
phẩm xanh và sẵn lòng trả thêm tiền cho chúng đã tăng từ 53% vào năm 1990 lên khoảng 60% vào năm 1994.

Page
Trung bình, họ sẵn lòng trả thêm 13% cho các sản phẩm như vậy, mặc dù tỷ lệ này cao hơn đối với phụ nữ,
nhóm quản lý và chuyên nghiệp và những người ở độ tuổi từ 35 đến 44.

Trong khoảng thời gian từ năm 1990 đến 1994, tỷ lệ người tiêu dùng tuyên bố không biết hoặc không quan tâm
đến các vấn đề xanh đã giảm từ 18% xuống còn 10%, nhưng số lượng người tiêu dùng mua sắm theo tiêu chí
xanh trong nhóm người già và công nhân đã tăng đáng kể. Các khu vực như Scotland cũng đã bắt kịp với miền
Nam nước Anh về mối quan tâm về môi trường. Theo Mintel, hình ảnh về tiêu dùng xanh từng được liên kết với
những thành viên kỳ quặc của xã hội đã gần như biến mất. Angela Hughes, người quản lý nghiên cứu tiêu dùng
của Mintel, cho biết nó đã trở thành một thị trường chínhstream. Bà giải thích rằng đối với người thông thường,
môi trường học không hề giảm nhiệt. Trên thực tế, nó đã lan rộng qua nhiều nhóm tiêu dùng, độ tuổi và nghề
nghiệp hơn.

Câu 10. HONESTY AND OPENNESS

Đoạn 2: Companies will have to be more honest and open in response to this mood.
Các công ty sẽ phải trung thực và cởi mở hơn để đối phó với tâm trạng này.

Câu 11. CONSUMERS

Đoạn 3: Mintel's survey, based on nearly 1,000 consumers, …
Cuộc khảo sát của Mintel, dựa trên gần 1.000 người tiêu dùng

Câu 12. ARMCHAIR ETHICALS

Đoạn 6: This figure is the same as … against 30 per cent in 1990.
Con số này tương đương với năm 1990, mặc dù số lượng 'người có đạo đức ngồi ghế bành' đã tăng từ 28
lên 35% và chỉ có 22% nói rằng hiện nay họ không quan tâm, so với 30% vào năm 1990.

Câu 13. SOCIAL RECORD

Đoạn 6: Hughes claims that … of honesty with consumers.
Hughes tuyên bố rằng trong thế kỷ XXI, người tiêu dùng sẽ được khuyến khích suy nghĩ nhiều hơn về toàn bộ
lịch sử của các sản phẩm và dịch vụ mà họ mua, bao gồm các chính sách của các công ty cung cấp chúng và
điều này sẽ đòi hỏi mức độ trung thực hơn với người tiêu dùng.

Check-up 3:

Page
 Q Keywords in the Synonyms/Paraphrases in the passage Where have you found the
question evidence (which paragraph,
sentence)

will have to
10 will be forced to Paragraph: 2
be more honest and open in response to
Sentence 3
this mood.
practise greater…
Mintel's survey, based on nearly 1,000
11 increased awareness consumers, … Paragraph: 2
amongst…
Sentence: 4

the number of ‘...has risen from 28 to 35

12 growth in the number per cent Paragraph: 5
of
Sentence: 2

13 think more carefully think more about Paragraph: 5

about
Sentence: last
the entire history of the products and
services they buy, including ….
…environmental
research

PASSAGE 2
Câu 1. VANCOUVER
Đoạn 1: “Buy Nothing Day” began in the 1990s in Vancouver, Canada.
“Ngày không mua gì” bắt đầu vào những năm 1990 tại Vancouver, Canada.

Câu 2. FOURTH
Đoạn 4: “Buy Nothing Day” is celebrated on the fourth Friday of every November.
“Ngày không mua gì” được tổ chức vào thứ sáu của tuần thứ tư của tháng 11 hàng năm.

Page
Câu 3. BLACK FRIDAY
Đoạn 4: Advertisers call this day Black Friday.
Các nhà quảng cáo gọi ngày này là Thứ Sáu Đen

Câu 4. THANKSGIVING
Đoạn 5: It is the day after the country’s Thanksgiving
holiday. Đó là ngày sau ngày lễ Tạ ơn của đất nước.

Câu 5. CONSUMER
Đoạn 8: It fights consumer culture by asking us to stop buying for a day.
Nó chống lại văn hóa tiêu dùng bằng cách yêu cầu chúng ta ngừng mua hàng trong một ngày.
Check-up 4:

Q Kind of word(s) Keywords in Synonyms/Paraphrases in Where have you found the

you need for the the question the passage evidence (which paragraph,
gap sentence)

began in…
10 noun started in Paragraph: 1

Sentence 1

is celebrated on…
is held on
Paragraph: 4

Sentence: 1
call this day …
11 noun call this day Paragraph: 4

Sentence: last

Page
 the day after the country’s ….
12 noun the day after the Paragraph: 5
country’s
Sentence: 2
fights…
13 noun fights Paragraph: 8

Sentence: 2

Check-up 5: Translate the following paragraphs into Vietnamese

Tuy nhiên, trong những năm gần đây, Black Friday đã trở nên nổi tiếng với một điều khác: lòng tham và bạo
lực. Vào Black Friday, các cửa hàng đưa ra giá cực kỳ giảm. Nhưng họ chỉ cung cấp số lượng hạn chế sản
phẩm. Vì vậy, người ta đến sớm vào buổi sáng - hoặc thậm chí là vào đêm trước - để xếp hàng ngoài cửa hàng.
Đôi khi, người ta đẩy đưa hoặc đánh nhau để là người đầu tiên vào cửa hàng. Một số người đã thậm chí qua đời
trong các cuộc bạo loạn vào Black Friday!

"Ngày Mua Sắm Nhưng Không Mua Sắm" hy vọng kết thúc lòng tham và bạo lực của Black Friday. Nhưng
thông điệp của nó lớn hơn chỉ Black Friday. "Ngày Mua Sắm Nhưng Không Mua Sắm" dành cho mọi người ở
Hoa Kỳ và trên toàn thế giới. Nhiều quốc gia khác cũng đang gặp vấn đề ngày càng nhiều với sự tiêu thụ quá
mức. Sáu mươi hai quốc gia khác nhau, từ Đức đến Nhật Bản, đã tổ chức "Ngày Mua Sắm Nhưng Không Mua
Sắm". Và thông điệp là như nhau ở mọi nơi - mua quá nhiều gây hại cho con người, văn hóa và hành tinh.

Ngày Mua Sắm Nhưng Không Mua Sắm là một ý tưởng đơn giản. Nó chống lại văn hóa tiêu dùng bằng cách
yêu cầu chúng ta ngưng mua sắm trong một ngày. Bất kỳ ai cũng có thể thực hiện nó nếu họ dành một ngày
không mua sắm. Đối với một số người, "Ngày Mua Sắm Nhưng Không Mua Sắm" là một cuộc biểu tình. Đối
với người khác, đó là một bữa tiệc. Một số nhóm đến các cửa hàng và khuyến khích người khác không mua đồ.
Người khác tụ tập lại để tự tay làm quà Giáng sinh - thay vì mua chúng. Và một số người dùng ngày này để tạo
ra các tác phẩm nghệ thuật phản đối thông điệp tiêu dùng. Thường thì, mọi người ăn mừng bằng cách thưởng
thức món quà tự nhiên miễn phí. Họ đi dạo hoặc cùng nhau ngắm hoàng hôn. Luật duy nhất của "Ngày Mua
Sắm Nhưng Không Mua Sắm" là không mua bất cứ thứ gì!

WRITING PARAGRAPH
DEVELOPMENT LESSON
PREPARATION

Page
 Vocabulary Pronunciation Meaning
Charge /tʃɑːrdʒ/ trả tiền công
In favour of /ɪn/ /ˈfeɪ.vɚ/ /əv/ ủng hộ ai/cái gì
Subsidise /ˈsʌb.sə.daɪz/ trợ cấp
Regardless of /rɪˈɡɑːrd.ləs/ /əv/ bất chấp
Maintenance /ˈmeɪn.tən.əns/ sự bảo dưỡng
Guarantee /ˌɡer.ənˈtiː/ bảo đảm
Eliminate /iˈlɪm.ə.neɪt/ loại trừ
A tight budget /eɪ/ /taɪt/ /ˈbʌdʒ.ɪt/ ngân sách ít
Metropolis /məˈtrɑː.pəl.ɪs/ thủ đô
Curb /kɝːb/ hạn chế
Compelling /kəmˈpel.ɪŋ/ thuyết phục
Stabilise /ˈsteɪ.bə.laɪz/ ổn định
Traffic congestion /ˈtræf.ɪk/ /kənˈdʒes.tʃən/ tắc đường
Cultural heritage /ˈkʌl.tʃɚ.əl/ /ˈher.ɪ.t̬ɪdʒ/ di sản văn hóa
counterproductive /ˌkaʊn.t̬ɚ.prəˈdʌk.tɪv/ phản tác dụng
Economical /ˌiː.kəˈnɑː.mɪ.kəl/ tiết kiệm
Check-up
1 eliminate
2 cultural heritage
3 in favour of
4 stabilise
5 metropolis.
6 Regardless of
7 compelling
8 charge
9 economical
10 guarantee
11 counterproductive
12 subsidise
13 Traffic congestion

Page
 14 curb
15 tight budget
16 maintenance.

IELTS FOCUS
I. Revision:

1
A. Names: introduction – body 1 – body 2 – conclusion

2
2 paragraphs

3
A topic sentence, a concluding sentence and development to explain the idea

4
1-d 2–a 3–b 4–e 5–c

II. Paragraph development:

1
There are one idea in paragraph 1 and two ideas in paragraph 2

2
Paragraph 1
Type of paragraph: double-idea paragraph

Sentence Name/Function

Page
 Several problems arise from a migration to metropolis. Topic sentence
The main problem for anyone who hopes to migrate to a large city is that the cost of Idea 1
living is likely to be much higher than it is in a small town or village.
Inhabitants of cities have to pay higher prices for housing, transport, and even food. Explanation 1
Furthermore, the air quality in cities is often poor, due to pollution from traffic, and the Idea 2
streets and public transport systems are usually overcrowded.
As a result, city life can be unhealthy and stressful. Give
consequence

Paragraph 2:
Type of paragraph: double-idea paragraph

Sentence Name/Function
However, there are various steps that governments could take to tackle these problems. Topic sentence
Firstly, they could invest money in the building of affordable or social housing to reduce Idea 1
the cost of living.
Secondly, politicians have the power to ban vehicles from city centres and promote the use Idea 2
of cleaner public transport, which would help to reduce both air pollution and traffic
congestion.
In London, for example, the introduction of a congestion charge for drivers has helped to Give example
curb the traffic problem.
A third option would be to develop provincial towns and rural areas, by moving industry Idea 3
and jobs to those regions, in order to reduce the pressure on major cities.

Paragraph 3:
Type of paragraph: double-idea paragraph

Sentence Name/Function
In my opinion, it is absurd to argue that wild animals have no place in the 21st century. Topic sentence
I do not believe that planet Earth exists only for the benefit of humans. Idea 1
There is nothing special about this particular century that means that we suddenly have Explanation 1
the right to allow or encourage the extinction of any species.
Furthermore, there is no compelling reason why we should let animals die out. Idea 2
We do not need to exploit or destroy every last square metre of land in order to feed or Explanation 2
accommodate the world’s population.

Page
 There is plenty of room for us to exist side by side with wild animals, and this should be Give
our aim. consequence

Paragraph 4:
Type of paragraph: single-idea paragraph

Sentence Name/Function
I also disagree with the idea that protecting animals is a waste of resources as it is Topic sentence (=
essential for our human’s survival. idea)
It is usually the protection of natural habitats that ensures the survival of wild animals, Explanation
and most scientists agree that these habitats are also crucial for human.
For example, rainforests produce oxygen, absorb carbon dioxide and stabilise the Give example
Earth’s climate.
If we destroyed these areas, the costs of managing the resulting changes to our planet Give consequence
would far outweigh the costs of conservation.
By protecting wild animals and their habitats, we maintain the natural balance of all Concluding
life on Earth. sentence

HOMEWORK
Homework 1:

Many people assume that the goal of every country should be to produce more materials and goods. To
what extent do you agree or disagree that constantly increasing production is an appropriate goal?

Topic sentence 1:
On the one hand, a country needs to produce more goods to boost its economic development.

Topic sentence 2:
On the other hand, the tendency to increase production may cause negative environmental consequences.

In the developed world, average life expectancy is increasing.

What problems will this cause for individuals and society? Suggest some measures that could be taken
to reduce the impact of ageing populations.

Page
Topic sentence 1:
As the populations of developed countries grow older, several related problems can be anticipated.

Topic sentence 2:
There are several actions that governments could take to solve the aforementioned problems.

Homework 2:
Topic 1: Students leave high school without learning how to manage their money.
What are the reasons and solutions for this issue?

Paragraph 1:

Possible answer: High school graduates’ lack of money management skills is attributed to various factors.

Paragraph 2:

Possible answer: There are a number of viable solutions to help tackle this problem.

Topic 2: Happiness is considered very important in life.

Why is it difficult to define?
What factors are important in achieving happiness?
Paragraph 1:

Possible answer: Happiness is difficult to define because it means something different to each individual person.

Paragraph 2:

Possible answer: Although it seems almost impossible to give a precise definition of happiness, most people
would agree that there are some basic preconditions to achieving it.

Page
Homework 3:
Paragraph 1:
Problems: quoting as a topic sentence
Possible answer: The notion that it is no longer important to save wild animals in the twenty-first century, in my
opinion, is absurd.

Paragraph 2:
Problems: Mention something that is not supported in the paragraph
Possible answer: I also disagree with the idea that protecting animals is a waste of resources.

Page
 UNIT 6: LEISURE TIME
LISTENING
LEAD-
IN
1 1 turn right 2 go straight ahead / straight on 3 turn left 4 go past 5 next to 6 opposite 7 in front of
8 behind
Examples of other words and phrases: go over/across (the bridge), drive along, pass, come to /get to / reach, on
the other side of

LABELLING A MAP
3 The map shows the streets and places in a small town.
1 roundabout 2 park 3 traffic lights 4 pond 5 zebra crossing 6 crossroads 7 river 8 bridge
Examples of other useful places: railway station, bus stop, cinema, statue, fountain
41G 2D 3C
54K 5I 6B
6 The distractors are:
(Question 1) You can also go straight on here
(Question 4) Instead of turning left here
(Question 5) there are shops on the left.

71F 2A 3H 4G
9 1 diving 2 badminton 3 basketball 4 swimming 5 cycling 6 football 7 table tennis
EXAM SKILLS
10 1 J 2 L 3 M 4I 5B 6F 7G 8E

SCRIPT

4 Melissa: Thanks for offering to drive us all to the concert. It's really kind of you and makes getting there
much easier. I don't live far from you at all. First, you need to turn right onto Maple Avenue and drive to the
bottom of the road, passing the supermarket on your left. Then, you need to turn left at the traffic lights and

Page
then

Page
take a sharp right onto Main Street. You can also go straight on here, past the surgery, but I usually drive
down Main Street. Follow this road until you reach a roundabout-you'll pass a park and some shops on your
right.
When you get to the roundabout, take the first turning on the left, onto Silver Street. As you approach the
crossroads here, my house is the first on the corner.

5 Melissa: Sorry, I've just remembered, I told Sarah you would collect her on the way. Forget the route I just
gave you, I'll give you another set of directions. This route might even be easier. Again, you need to turn right
onto Maple Avenue, and go up to the lights. Instead of turning left here, turn right, with the park on your left.
Then after the zebra crossing, take the first turning on your left onto New Road. Drive along New Road until
you reach the bridge. Sarah's house is the second house after the bridge. That's on the right; there are shops on
the left. Once you've picked up Sarah, take the first turning on the left onto Silver Street, and go straight ahead
until you reach the roundabout. Go straight ahead at the roundabout and then take the first turning on the
right, Oak Avenue. My house is number 1. It's on the corner.

7 Tanya: Hi Jane, this is Tanya. I'm calling to make arrangements for the concert on Saturday. I can't believe
you've never been to the Arena before. I often go at the weekend. There isn't just the Arena concert venue, there
are also lots of other things to do: shopping, restaurants, exhibitions. I'm giving Melissa and Sarah a lift, so shall
we all meet up for a coffee before the concert? I'll give you directions. OK, listen carefully.

As you walk through the main entrance, you come to a square with a big fountain in the middle. This is
where people usually arrange to meet up and sometimes they have live music here. Beyond the square, on
Main Avenue, on your right, there are several restaurants, and opposite these on your left is an exhibition
centre.
There used to be a cinema here, but they moved it when they finished building the Arena.

So there are several coffee shops to choose from, one near the fountain and one in the north end of the building,
but I suggest that we go to the one at the end of Main Avenue, because it'll probably be less busy than
theothers. It's right at the end, after you pass the art gallery on the right. So shall we all meet there at seven
o'clock?

Then, after we've had a coffee, to get into the Arena we just need to go through the shopping centre, which
will be on our right once we go back down Main Avenue. It can be a bit tempting, but there's no other way to
get there, as the Arena is the other side of it. Oh, and there are toilets beside the entrance if you need them.
And then after the concert, they open the door opposite and you can go straight out into the car park, which is
very convenient. Let me know if you can make it for seven. I'm looking forward to seeing you - it's been a
while.

9 First of all, welcome to our activity summer camp. I hope you enjoy all the activities we have on offer. We
start our tour at the outdoor theatre here, where we hold many of our evening activities. From here you can see

Page
our various watersport activities. Directly in front of thecampsite, on the edge of the lake, we have the
kayaking centre. And then in front of the beach, we have an area reserved for diving. Swimming isn't permitted
here.

Page
If you like racket sports, just behind the beach you can practise badminton in the large building. That's quite
popular in the evenings. We also have some outdoor tennis courts. We used to have basketball in the building
too, but now you can play it on the court behind the building. And if these activities make you hungry, the path
from there takes you straight to the café and dining hall.

However, we'll continue our walk along the lake shore and I'd like to draw your attention to two other areas.
One is this part of the lake, which is perfect for swimming, but, for safety reasons, only when an instructor is
present. Unfortunately we can't offer sailing as an option here this year. And I also want to point out, just
across the lake, a track for cycling. Some people in the past have also gone running on the track, but there were
a few accidents because there isn't enough space for runners and cyclists, so now running isn't allowed.

So now let's take this path here, towards the tennis courts. On our left, you can see there's a football field. Gary's
our coach and he'll be organising tournaments during the week. He'll arrive tomorrow, because he's taking part
in a rugby game today.

And now if we walk up to the right of the tennis courts, we can see the archery field, surrounded by trees. And
in the building just to the right of this, you can hire equipment for the archery and buy snacks and drinks. It
also has some table tennis tables, so you can go there and have a game if the weather turns bad.

10 Good morning. I'd like to thank the council for agreeing to this meeting and for welcoming us here today
to explain to you our plans for Pine Woods Centre. Our aim is to make Pine Woods a place where people of all
ages can come and enjoy their free time. The centre will feature our Tree Tops Challenge - only for the brave
and fearless! For the less brave, and for families with children, there will be adventure playgrounds, indoor
and outdoor, and a feeding area for farm animals and we will also offer cycle trails through the woods.

I'll give you an overview of Pine Woods first and then tell you more about each area in more detail. This first
slide shows the overall layout of the centre and where all the activities will be situated. As you can see from the
map, the entrance to this attraction will be on the south side. As visitors enter from the car park, they will walk
along this path leading them to the café and gift shop. The gift shop will be where tickets are on sale and
therefore needs to be near the entrance. So this building here on the right will be the café and the building on the
left will be the gift shop. There will also be a picnic field behind the café for the warmer months. It's the area
just to the right of the café as you look at the map. And in the bottom right-hand corner of the picnic field we're
planning to have a barbecue area, where people can hire a barbecue and bring their own food to cook. It'll be
great for parties. In summer we plan to have bands performing here in the evenings.

To the west of the gift shop is where the Tree Tops Challenge will take place. There's a path here winding
through the forest, and up in the trees there will be all sorts of high-level adventure apparatus-rope swings,

Page
awesome rope bridges and tunnels, and zip wires where you can fly way above the forest floor. This adventure
experience will only be open to those aged 15 and over.

Beyond the Tree Tops Challenge there will be an adventure playground. To get to it, you go along this path
from the entrance until you reach the crossroads, then you turn left. The young children's playground will have
a fence around it, making it safer and keeping them away from the lake. The indoor play area, only for the very
young, will be on the east side of the farm, near the café and just inside the picnic area.

And finally, let's turn our attention back to this area here, where the paths meet and form a crossroads. This path
leading to the east end of the farm will take our visitors to the area which houses the farm animals. Children
will be able to watch the animals being fed and cared for, and in some instances they will be able to feed the
animals themselves. The sheep will be in this first area on the right here, directly opposite the pigs, and the
goats will go at the very end there. We haven't quite decided on the other areas yet.

So those are our plans. We hope they will be approved, and we look forward to welcoming you back in the
not too distant future to see the final result.

Homework 1

Answer Transcription

1d A: Excuse me, can you tell me where the bank is, please?
B: It’s opposite the cinema, next to the supermarket.

2a A: Excuse me. can you tell me where the bank is,

please? B: It’s round the corner from the supermarket.

3e A: Excuse me. can you tell me where the bank is, please?
B: It’s up the road from the supermarket beside the cinema.

4c A: Excuse me, can you tell me where the bank is,

please? B: It's at the opposite end of the street from the
cinema.

Page
5b A: Excuse me, can you tell me where the bank is,
please? B: It's behind the supermarket which is near the
cinema.

Homework 2
A

5. Training 6. Philosophy 7. TV
room
B

Location Directional language

eg. Help Desk next to the Service Desk

Training Room opposite the Service Desk

entrance round the other side

Training Room beside the Quiet Room

Geography section walk past the Service Desk

turn left
continue on past the Philosophy section

copying facililies on the left

Group Study Room in the corner at the opposite end of the Libary

Question Tapescript

(5) Library assistant: I can't give you a tour now, I'm afraid. I have to stay here at the Help
Desk but I can show you places on this map of the library.
Training
Student: That would be helpful, thanks.
LA: OK, so we're here at the Help Desk, next to the Service Desk, where you go to borrow
and return books. The maximum number of books you can borrow at any one time is ten.

Page
 S: Yes, I see.
LA: Opposite the Service Desk is the Training Room, which is used by library staff to give
demonstrations of the computer systems to staff and students. But the entrance is round the
other side.
S: Is the Training Room beside the Quiet Room?
LA: Yes, that's right, with the entrance round the front too. It's important to remember that all
mobile phones must be switched off in this room.

(6) S: Of course. And what about books - where can I find the books for my course?

Philosophy LA: Good question. You're studying Geography so. if you walk past the Service Desk, turn
right, no sorry turn left, and continue on past the Philosophy section, you'll find the Geography
(7) section. The copying facilities are on the left. Now one more important thing is the Group
(6)

Study Room and the booking system. If you're working on a project with other students and
TV room
you want to discuss things with each other, you can go to the room in the corner at the
opposite end of the Library from the copiers. That's the Group Study Room. It's between the
Sociology section and the TV room. The Group Study Room must be booked forty-eight
(7)

hours in advance.
S: Right, thanks. Can I keep this map?
LA: Actually, this is the last one I have, but I can make a copy for you.
S: That would be great, thanks.

Homework 3
Answer: C

Hilary: Hello? Hello.

Pierre: Pierre Farabolini speaking.
Hilary: Mr. Farabolini, this is Hilary Beacham from
Compact. Pierre: Oh, hello, Hilary.
Hilary: I've got some bad news for you. I've just checked with the airport, and I've heard that your plane
will be delayed by two hours.
Pierre: I see. Well, what do you think?

Page
Hilary: Well, first of all, your taxi is due to arrive in half an hour.
Pierre: Well, I really don't want to spend ill that time waiting at the airpot. Could you book it a bit
later? Hilary: Yes. certainly.
Pierre: So, I think I’ll go into Southtown and do a bit of shopping... buy a few presents for the family...
Where's the best place to go to look at the shops?
Hilary: It quite difficult to explain. Let me think. It'd be much easier if you had a map.
Pierre: Just a moment, I've got one in my pocket. Right.
Hilary: OK. In that case, III explain how to get to the town centre from the hotel. It's about a 15-minute walk,
or you could go by taxi.
Pierre: No. I'm quite happy to stretch my legs.
Hilary: Well, you turn right out of the hotel and carry straight on for about 200 metres. Then, you come to
a roundabout. Take the first exit... I mean to go left.
Pierre: So, right out of the hotel. Then, I go straight on until I come to a roundabout, and then I take the first
exit.
Hilary: Yes, that's right. Then. You walk along there for about another 150 metres, and then you come to
another roundabout. There, you go right.
Pierre: So, I go to the next roundabout, and turn right.
Hilary: Yes. And then you carry on for another 100 metres and then you come to a third roundabout.
There, you go straight over the roundabout, and then take the first left.
Pierre: Hang on a minute. Let me just check that I've got that. I go to the next roundabout, go straight
over, and then take the first on my left?
Hilary: Yes, then at the nest junction, turn right and then immediately left. And that's the beginning of the
main shopping area.
Pierre: OK. Just let me go over that last bit. I carry on to fin next junction, and turn left and then right?
Hilary: No, the other way round. At the junction, you turn right and then left.
Pierre: OK, I’ve got it. Thanks very much.

SPEAKING

Page
EXTENDING YOUR TALK
51F 2D 3B 4C 5E 6G 7A
7 1 because 2 and 3 also 4 and 5 because 6 but 7 also 8 For example 9 or 10 because 11 and
12 so 13 In fact,

PRONUNCIATION-STRONG AND WEAK FORMS

10 1 I want to learn to play the guitar.
2 I enjoy playing football and
baseball. 3 I bought a new golf club.
4 I would like to learn to play chess.
5 I need some driving lessons.
6 I played drums in a band for a long time.
7 I plan to cycle from the north of Africa to the south.

SCRIPT

I'm going to talk about a hobby I'd like to take up in the future. I really want to learn ballroom dancing. This is
because I love Latin music and I love the way the dancers move and shake. I also want to give myself a
challenge and learn something new. Watching ballroom dancing always makes me feel excited. I don't think
it'll be too difficult for me, because I already do ballet and tap dancing. I like learning new steps. For example, I
really want to learn the tango or the samba because these are exciting and look good to people watching. I've
tried Flamenco dancing but I'm not very good. I'm also worried about finding the right dance partner, because
I'll be a little slow to learn in the beginning. So I might fallover sometimes. In fact I'll probably fall over quite a
lot!

7 I'm going to tell you about a leisure activity I'd like to do in the future. I'd really like to learn how to play the
acoustic guitar. This is because I love music and I love the beautiful sound this kind of guitar makes.I also
want to give myself a challenge and learn something new. I don't think it'll be too difficult for me because I
already know how to read music. I play the piano but I'm not very good. I think playing the guitar will be
easier. I also like the fact that you can carry a guitar round easily and play it anywhere. For example I can play
it in the park or on the beach.

Page
I can't think about learning it at the moment because I'm too busy.I need to focus on my studies and prepare
for my exams. I think that I'd like to take up the guitar next year. All my exams will be over by then, so I'll
have more time, and more money too. In fact, I'll need money to pay for lessons! I think that learning the
guitar would change my life in a positive way. If I learn to play it really well, I'll start my own band. I'd love to
perform live on stage at a concert. I think that would be fantastic!

Examiner: Do you generally enjoy trying new things?

Candidate 1: Yes, I would say I like to try new things, meet new people. It's something that is very
important to me.

Examiner: Is there any other activity you would like to try one day?

Candidate 2: Yes, I've always thought about windsurfing, I mean, I'm a big fan of the ocean and love
water sports, so it's next on my list of things to do.

9 to: I want to go now.

and: You have to wear a shirt an' tie.

a: Wait a minute.

of: Get me a glass of water.

some: Will you lend me some money?

for: This is for you.

from: I come from London.

READING
1 A baseball B martial arts (Wu Shu) C hockey D table tennis E rugby

2 1 hockey: a, b, c, i, j, l

Page
2 tennis: e, g, i, k

3 volleyball: a, e, h, i

4 football: a, b, c, i, j, l

5 rugby: a,i,j, l

6 baseball: a, f,i

7 table tennis: e, f, g, i

8 martial arts: d

9 basketball: a,b,i

51B 2E 3A 4C 5D

6 1 False 2 True 3 True 4 False 5 False

7 Not Given

8 1 NG 2 NG 3 T 4T 5 NG

9 1 True 2 False 3 Not Given 4 Not Given 5 False 6 True

10 2 G (mixed) 3 D (feature) 4 E (horses) 5 B (change) 6 C (clever)

11 Students' own answers

12 1 False 2 Not Given 3 True 4 True 5 False 6 Not Given 7 False 8 True 9 H (moving)
10 M (traceurs) 11 C (competition) 12 E (creativity) 13 B (barriers) 14 D (conflicts) 15 I (personal)

HOMEWORK
PASSAGE 1

Câu 1. C

Page
Đoạn C: We guarantee you a warm welcome.
Chúng tôi cam đoan với bạn một sự chào đón nồng nhiệt

Câu 2. D
Đoạn D: An ability to sight-read … although not essential.
Khả năng đọc bằng mắt và kinh nghiệm hát hợp xướng trước đây là điều đáng mong đợi, mặc dù không
cần thiết.

Câu 3. B
Đoạn B: Lift your spirits with the taste of carnival!
Nâng cao tinh thần của bạn với hương vị của lễ hội hóa trang!

Câu 4. B
Đoạn B: An event for all the family.
Một sự kiện cho cả gia đình

Câu 5. E
Đoạn E: The small class (12 students) assures maximum attention for each student.
Lớp học nhỏ (12 học sinh) đảm bảo sự chú ý tối đa cho từng học sinh.

Câu 6. D
Đoạn D: New singers are invited to join our choir, formed in 1993, to perform a wide variety of music in
Cambridge.
Các ca sĩ mới được mời tham gia dàn hợp xướng của chúng tôi, được thành lập vào năm 1993, để biểu diễn
nhiều thể loại âm nhạc ở Cambridge.

Câu 7. A
Đoạn A: The atmosphere is relaxed and unthreatening and great emphasis is placed on developing the
confidence and abilities of people who may initially be a little apprehensive!

Page
Bầu không khí thoải mái và không gây nguy hiểm, đồng thời chú trọng rất nhiều vào việc phát triển sự tự tin
và khả năng của những người ban đầu có thể hơi e ngại!

Câu 8. B
Đoạn B: It doesn't matter whether you're an experienced musician or a complete beginner, you'll be creating
complex exotic rhythms in no time.
Không quan trọng bạn là một nhạc sĩ có kinh nghiệm hay một người hoàn toàn mới bắt đầu, bạn sẽ nhanh chóng
tạo ra những nhịp điệu kỳ lạ phức tạp.

Câu 9. D
Đoạn D: 7.30 to 9.30, … on Saturday 1st December.
Từ 7.30 đến 9.30, và học kỳ này, chúng tôi đang luyện tập cho một buổi hòa nhạc đặc biệt với sự tham gia của
khán giả vào thứ Bảy ngày 1 tháng 12.
Check-up 1:

Q Keywords in the Synonyms/Paraphrases in the evidence Where have you found the
questions evidence

1 A friendly greeting a warm welcome. Paragraph C

2 preferred. desirable Paragraph D

3 cheer you up. Lift your spirits Paragraph B

4 suitable for a variety of for all the family. Paragraph B

ages.

5 Individual guidance maximum attention for each student. Paragraph E

6 take part in join Paragraph D

Page
 public performance. choir

7 shyness apprehensive Paragraph A

8 rapid in no time. Paragraph B

9 not held during the day. 7.30 to 9.30pm, … on Saturday 1st Paragraph D
December.

Check-up 2: Translate the following paragraphs into Vietnamese

A RICHMOND EXPERlMENTAL THEATRE

Học diễn xuất giới thiệu cho mọi người một loạt các kỹ thuật diễn xuất. Chương trình được đặc biệt thiết kế cho
những người ít hoặc không có kinh nghiệm diễn xuất. Tạo ra môi trường thoải mái và không gây áp lực, chúng
tôi đặt nặng vào việc phát triển sự tự tin và khả năng của những người ban đầu có thể hơi e dè!

B WORLD CULTURE DAY

Buổi trình diễn Nhạc cụ đường phố Brazil
2.30-4.30
Hội thảo chơi nhạc cụ samba. Hãy nâng cao tinh thần với hương vị của lễ hội carnival! Không quan trọng bạn là
nhạc sĩ có kinh nghiệm hay người mới bắt đầu hoàn toàn, bạn sẽ tạo ra những nhịp điệu phức tạp đầy kỳ diệu
trong thời gian ngắn.

Chuyện kể truyền thống Châu Phi

3.45-4.45
Truyền thống kể chuyện kỳ diệu của Châu Phi với câu chuyện, thơ và tục ngữ (chủ yếu từ Ghana và Nigeria).
Một sự kiện dành cho cả gia đình.

C SCOTTISH DANCING
VUI VẺ
TỐT CHO SỨC KHỎE
• Chúng tôi có các lớp dành cho những vũ công với mọi trình độ.
• Kinh nghiệm trước đó không cần thiết.
• Bạn chỉ cần mang đôi giày mềm và niềm hăng hái.

Page
• Các lớp học được tổ chức tại nhiều địa điểm và thời gian khác nhau.
• Chúng tôi cam kết đón chào bạn nồng nhiệt.

PASSAGE 2
Câu 1. ANTIQUES
Đoạn 3: They'll look for, … sell at a profit.
Họ sẽ tìm kiếm, ví dụ, những đồ cổ mà họ có thể mua rẻ và mong muốn có thể bán với một mức lợi nhuận.

Câu 2. TRIUMPH
Đoạn 3: But there may … a sense of triumph.
Nhưng cũng có thể là một yếu tố tâm lý – mua rẻ và bán lấy lãi có thể mang lại cho nhà sưu tập một cảm giác
chiến thắng.

Câu 3. INFORMATION
Đoạn 4: Many collectors … information on items.
Nhiều nhà sưu tập thu thập để phát triển đời sống xã hội của họ, tham dự các cuộc hội họp của một nhóm các
nhà sưu tầm và trao đổi thông tin về các vật phẩm.

Câu 4. CONTACT
Đoạn 4: This is a variant … like-minded people.
Nhiều nhà sưu tập thu thập để phát triển đời sống xã hội của họ, tham dự các cuộc hội họp của một nhóm các
nhà sưu tầm và trao đổi thông tin về các vật phẩm. Đây là một biến thể trong việc tham gia một câu lạc bộ
chơi bài bridge hay một phòng tập gym, và tương tự như vậy đưa họ đến việc tiếp xúc với những người có
cùng sở thích.

Câu 5. DESIRE
Đoạn 4: Another motive for collecting … by a particular singer.
Một động cơ thúc đẩy khác cho việc sưu tầm là mong muốn tìm một thứ gì đó đặc biệt, hoặc một mẫu cụ thể
của một vật phẩm được sưu tập, chẳng hạn như một bản ghi âm sớm hiếm có bởi một ca sĩ nào đó.

Page
Câu 6. AIMLESS
Đoạn 5: Psychologically, this can give a … feels aimless.
Về mặt tâm lý, điều này có thể mang lại một mục đích cho một cuộc sống mà nếu không thì sẽ cảm thấy
không có mục đích.

Câu 7. EDUCATIONAL
Đoạn 6: If you think about … shown on their stamps.
Nếu bạn nghĩ về việc thu thập tem bưu chính, một lý do tiềm năng khác cho điều này – hoặc, có lẽ, một kết quả
của việc sưu tập – là giá trị giáo dục của nó. Sưu tầm tem mở cánh cửa sổ đến các quốc gia khác, và đến các loài
thực vật, động vật hoặc những người nổi tiếng được trình bày trên những con tem của họ.

Câu 8. TRAINSPOTTING
Đoạn 8: In the past … was trainspotting.
Trong quá khứ - và hiện tại nữa, mặc dù ở phạm vi nhỏ hơn – một hình thức sưu tập phổ biến, đặc biệt giữa các
cậu bé và những người đàn ông trưởng thành, là xem và ghi chú con số của các động cơ tàu hỏa.
Check-up 3:

Q Kind of Keywords in Synonyms/Paraphrases in the Where have you found

word(s) you the question passage the evidence (which
need for the paragraph, sentence)
gap
sell at a profit.
1 noun make money Paragraph: 3

Sentence 2
give the collector a sense of…
2 noun get a feeling of
Paragraph: 3

Sentence: 3
exchanging…
3 noun share Paragraph: 4

Sentence: 1

Page
 brings them into
4 noun offer Paragraph: 4
like-minded people
people who Sentence: 2
have similar
interests

5 noun Paragraph: 4
special item something special
Sentence: 3
a life that otherwise feels…
6 noun/adj feeling their life Paragraph: 5
is…
Sentence: 2
perhaps a result of collecting is
7 noun/adj stamp collecting its…. Paragraph: 6
maybe
Sentence: 1
a popular form of collecting,
8 noun tend to be particularly among boys and men, Paragraph: 8
mostly a male was …
hobby Sentence: 1

Câu 9. NOT GIVEN

Câu 10. FALSE

Đoạn 9: These have changed … of today's dolls.
Những thứ này đã và đang thay đổi qua nhiều thế kỷ từ gỗ thứ mà đã là tiêu chuẩn ở Châu Âu trong thế kỷ
16, đến sáp và sứ của những thế kỷ sau đó, đến các loại nhựa của những con búp bê ngày nay.

Câu 11. NOT GIVEN

Câu 12. TRUE

Đoạn 10: Someone who decides … interesting themselves.
Ví dụ, một người nào đó quyết định sưu tầm thứ gì đó đáng ngạc nhiên như những chiếc vòng cổ của chó,
có thể truyền tải niềm tin của họ rằng bản thân chúng phải là rất thú vị.

Page
Câu 13. TRUE
Đoạn 11: Of course, … sense of personal fulfilment.
Tất nhiên, tất cả các sở thích đều mang đến sự vui sướng hạnh phúc, nhưng yếu tố chung trong việc sưu tập
thường là niềm đam mê: còn hơn rất nhiều so với niềm vui sướng và hạnh phúc. Hơn hầu hết các sở thích khác,
sưu tầm có thể là hoàn toàn toàn tâm toàn ý, và có thể trao cho một cảm giác mạnh mẽ về sự hoàn thành của cá
nhân.
Check-up 4:

Q Keywords in the statement Keywords in the evidence (evaluate if Where have you found the
there are any same words, synonyms, evidence (which
opposites or if there’s no match) paragraph, sentence)
number of people buying dolls
9 no match
grown over the centuries.

Sixteenth century European

10 dolls >< ….the wood that was standard in Paragraph: 9
were normally made of wax and 16th century Europe, through the wax
and porcelain of later centuries… Sentence: 2
porcelain.
Arranging …by the size of the
stamps is less common than no match
11 other methods.

collects unusual objects

12 = collect something as unexpected Paragraph: 10
may want others to think
may be conveying their belief that Sentence: 2
he or she is also unusual. they must be interesting themselves.

Collecting gives a feeling

13 that other hobbies are = More than most other hobbies, Paragraph: 11
unlikely to inspire. collecting can be ….
Sentence: 2

Page
Check-up 5:
Tuy nhiên, không phải tất cả những người sưu tập đều quan tâm đến việc học hỏi từ sở thích của họ, điều này
có thể được gọi là một lý do tâm lý để sưu tầm là nhu cầu kiểm soát, có thể là một cách để đối phó với sự bất
an.
Ví dụ, người sưu tập tem thư, thường sắp xếp tem của họ trong các album, thường rất ngăn nắp, tổ chức bộ sưu
tập của họ theo những nguyên tắc thông thường nào đó - có thể là theo quốc gia theo thứ tự chữ cái, hoặc nhóm
tem theo nội dung chúng miêu tả - con người, chim, bản đồ, v.v.

Một lý do, có thể là có ý thức hoặc không, cho việc ai đó chọn sưu tầm là để thể hiện tính cá nhân của người
sưu tập. Một người quyết định sưu tập một thứ gì đó đáng ngạc nhiên như vòng cổ cho chó, ví dụ, có thể đang
truyền đạt niềm tin rằng họ phải thú vị. Và tin hay không, thậm chí còn có ít nhất một bảo tàng vòng cổ cho chó
tồn tại, và nó phát triển từ một bộ sưu tập cá nhân.

Tất nhiên, tất cả các sở thích đều mang lại niềm vui, nhưng yếu tố chung trong việc sưu tầm thường là đam mê:
niềm vui là diễn tả quá nhẹ nhàng. Hơn hầu hết các sở thích khác, sưu tầm có thể hoàn toàn chinh phục và
mang lại cảm giác hoàn thiện cá nhân mạnh mẽ. Đối với những người không sưu tập, nó có thể trông như một
cách dành thời gian kỳ quặc, nhưng không gây hại, nhưng tiềm năng, sưu tầm có nhiều điểm hấp dẫn.

WRITING

Page
 TOPIC: EDUCATION
PARAGRAPH: TOPIC SENTENCE
LESSON PREPARATION
Pronunciation Meaning
Vocab
/ˈɪm.plə.ment/ thi hành
Implement
/ˈtæk.əl/ giải quyết
Tackle
/ədˈhɪr/ /tuː/ giữ vững
Adhere to
/ɪkˈspens/ phí tổn
Expense
/ˌdet.rəˈmen.t̬əl/ /tuː/ có hại cho
(be) detrimental to
/ˈper.ə.maʊnt/ tối cao
Paramount
/ˈel.ə.mənt/ yếu tố
Element
/ɪkˈsel/ xuất sắc về
Excel
/ˈmɪt̬.ə.ɡeɪt/ giảm nhẹ
Mitigate
/ɪkˈskluːd/ /frɑːm/ loại trừ
Exclude from
/ɑːlˈtɝː.nə.t̬ɪv/ (phương án) khác
Alternative
/səˈsteɪ.nə.bəl/ có thể chịu đựng được
Sustainable
/rɪˈplen.ɪʃ/ làm đầy lại
Replenish
/əˈbʌn.dəns/ sự nhiều/phong phú
Abundance
/rɪˈlaɪ.əns/ sự tin cậy/tín nhiệm
Reliance
/ˌɪn.hɪˈbɪʃ.ən/ sự ngăn chặn
Inhibition
/baɪˈlɪŋ.ɡwəl/ song ngữ, thông thạo hai thứ tiếng
Bilingual

Page
Check up:
1 He is virtually.......................................................bilingual in Spanish and Portuguese.
2 I had no......................................................alternative but to accept his offer.
3 These chemicals have a.......................................................detrimental effect/impact on the environment.
4 In college, he continued to......................................................excel, earning praise in the classroom almost as
often as on the basketball court.
5 He also learned not to place too much.......................................................reliance on his senses and feelings.
6 The government promised to........................................................implement a new system to control financial
loan institutions.
7 All creatures need sleep to.......................................................replenish their energies for the next awakening.
8 She always travels first-class regardless of......................................................expense.
9 Measures need to be taken to......................................................mitigate the environmental effects of burning
more coal.
10 Safety is of.......................................................paramount importance.
11Sustainable development implies a long-term perspective.
12 They eat only plant foods, and......................................................exclude animal products from other areas of
their lives.
13 Some drugs can cause the.......................................................inhibition of normal bodily activity.
14 Natural selection is a key......................................................element of Darwin's theory of evolution.
15 All members of the association.......................................................adhere to a strict code of practice.
16 There was still an.......................................................abundance of food when we arrived.
17 It depends how you......................................................tackle the problem.

IELTS FOCUS
Read the following paragraphs and guess the question for each

A B

Page
 1 Although rising living costs pose serious problems in many places, there A What are the advantages of
are a number of solutions that could be implemented to help tackle this taking a gap year?
issue. Firstly, individuals need to learn how to budget their income more
effectively, and be careful not to waste money. By adhering to a strict
budget, people will be able to pay their bills and save money to cover other
expenses. On the other hand, governments should enact laws to ensure that
citizens receive minimum wages that are enough to cover rising living
expenses. Lastly, governments can create more jobs, particularly in big
cities where living costs are much higher.
2 The benefits of taking a year off are plentiful. On a personal level, B Do you think communicating
students who travel away from home develop their independence and self- effectively is the most
confidence. On a cultural level, they learn about viewpoints, traditions, important factor for a company
and perspectives different from their own. Professionally, students get a to be successful?
taste of diverse workplaces, which might inspire a possible career interest.
Intellectually, they examine their own beliefs and ideas in relation to those
of others in a new environment. All these advantages combine to make a
strong case for taking the one-year break.
3 There are many other factors that contribute to a company’s success, C What can we do to solve
some of which could be considered more important than effective problems that rising living costs
communication. For example, the competency of managers themselves brings about?
contributes significantly to success. Poor managerial skills lead to poor
investment or policy decisions which can be useless or detrimental to the
organization’s success. Another contributing factor to success is the
reliability and availability of good workers. An organization could have the
best managers in the world, but if there is not a skilled and reliable work
force available to them, progress will be slow and success difficult to come
by. I believe that both of these factors are more important than
communication between managers and workers itself.
Key: 1-C 2-A 3-B

I. Definition
A topic sentence is a sentence that introduces a paragraph by presenting the one topic that will be the focus of
that paragraph.

II. Requirements
 Be specific and have a narrower focus than your thesis statement.
 Appear in or near the first sentence of the paragraph.
 Introduce the topic of the paragraph.
III. Purpose

Page
  A topic sentence essentially tells readers about the content of the paragraph. All sentences after it have
to give more information about that sentence, prove it by offering facts about it, or describe it in more
detail
 A topic sentence also need to relate back to the thesis of the essay.
IV. Common mistakes when writing topic sentences
 Unclear wording
 Information listing
 Starting with a quote
 Mention something that is not in the paragraph
 Too focus on a point rather than the overall content
Check-up:
1. What is a topic sentence?
A. The first sentence of a paragraph.
B. The last sentence of a paragraph.
C. A sentence that states the main idea of a paragraph.
D. A topic sentence is a sentence that states the main idea of a book.

2. What is the purpose of a topic sentence?

A. To introduce the topic of the paragraph
B. To introduce the main idea of the paragraph
C. To provide support for the main idea of the paragraph
D. To provide a transition to the next paragraph

3. How do you write a topic sentence?

A. By starting with a general statement and narrowing it down to a more specific statement
B. By starting with your specific topic and narrowing it down to a general statement
C. By starting with a question
D. By starting with a quote

4. What are the characteristics of a good topic sentence

A. A good topic sentence is clear and concise.
B. A good topic sentence states the main idea of the paragraph.

Page
C. A good topic sentence is well-organized.
D. All of the above.

5. What is a major mistake people make when writing a topic sentence?

A. Making the topic sentence too long
B. Introducing a minor point instead of the main point
C. Not making the topic sentence interesting
D. Not introducing the main point of the paragraph

6. How can you ensure that your topic sentence is relevant to the rest of your paper?
A. By making sure that your topic sentence is clear and concise
B. By ensuring that your topic sentence is well-supported by the rest of your paper
C. By making sure that your topic sentence reflects the main idea of your paper
D. All of the above

Exercise 1: What is the topic sentence of the following paragraphs?

Paragraph 1:
First, the family plays the central role by providing the backdrop in a young person's life. A positive family
environment provides love, support, and encouragement for the student to do his/her best. Simultaneously, the
family aims to instill discipline and ambition in the child. The influence and expectations of family members
remain paramount at this time and throughout a young person's life.

Paragraph 2:
Second, as a child turns into a teenager, the peer group begins to play an increasingly important role in his/her
life. The friendships one develops at this highly sensitive stage can affect one's attitude to studies, authority,
society and the world. In the right company, young people can get involved in positive activities that support
their academic performance. With the wrong crowd, teenagers could develop a host of unhealthy and dangerous
habits which impact not only their grades but all aspects of their lives.

Paragraph 3:
Lastly, the school itself is a deciding factor in the student's academic success. A variety of elements determine
how the students feel about school: the teachers, the staff, the facilities, the subjects, the text books, the method
of instruction and more. All of these have a significant impact on the young person's motivation to excel.

Page
  Guess the topic of the essay that includes those three
paragraphs? Factors that contribute to the success of a child

Exercise 2: Read the following topic sentences and take a guess of what the writer will write in the
paragraph
Topic sentence 1: My first day of college was a disaster.
Answer: why the writer’s first day of college was bad
Topic sentence 2: Lack of access to reading and writing put blind people at a serious disadvantage
in nineteenth-century society.
Answer: problems blind people have to face due to a lack of access to reading and writing
Topic sentence 3: Transitioning to renewable energy, and reducing reliance on fossil fuels, is one way to help
slow down the effects of climate change.
Answer: why using renewable energy instead of fossil fuels helps mitigating the effects of climate change

Check if your answer is correct and give a brief reason why you have that answer
Paragraph 1: My first day of college was a disaster. First, I went to the wrong classroom for math. I was sitting
in the class, surrounded by people taking notes and paying attention to how to do equations, which would have
been okay if I was supposed to be in an algebra class. In reality, I was supposed to be in geometry, and when I
discovered my error, I had already missed the first twenty minutes of a one-hour class. When I got to the correct
class, all twenty-five students turned and looked at me as the teacher said, "You're late." That would have been
bad enough, but in my next class my history teacher spoke so fast I could not follow most of what they said.
The only thing I did hear was that we were having a quiz tomorrow over today’s lecture. My day seemed to be
going better during botany class, that is, until we visited the lab. I had a sneezing fit because of one of the
plants in the lab and had to leave the room. When I finally finished my classes for the day, I discovered I had
locked my keys in the car and had to wait for my brother to bring another set. My first day of school was so bad
that I know the rest will have to be better.
Suggestion reason: it was bad because:
1. The writer went to the wrong classroom for math
2. the writer missed the first twenty minutes of a one-hour class
3. The writer’s history teacher spoke too fast to hear
4. The writer had a sneezing fit because one of the plants in the lab

Page
5. The writer locked the keys in his car
Paragraph 2: Lack of access to reading and writing put blind people at a serious disadvantage in nineteenth-
century society. Text was one of the primary methods through which people engaged with culture,
communicated with others, and accessed information; without a well-developed reading system that did not rely
on sight, blind people were excluded from social participation (Weygand, 2009). While disabled people in
general suffered from discrimination, blindness was widely viewed as the worst disability, and it was commonly
believed that blind people were incapable of pursuing a profession or improving themselves through culture
(Weygand, 2009). This demonstrates the importance of reading and writing to social status at the time: without
access to text, it was considered impossible to fully participate in society. Blind people were excluded from the
sighted world, but also entirely dependent on sighted people for information and education.
Suggestion reason: The problems that blind people had to face were:
1. They are excluded from social participation
2. They suffered from discrimination
3. They had to depend on sighted people for information and education
Paragraph 3: Transitioning to renewable energy, and reducing reliance on fossil fuels, is one way to help slow
down the effects of climate change. Fossil fuels, such as coal, oil and gas, are by far the largest contributor to
global climate change, accounting for over 75 percent of global greenhouse gas emissions and nearly 90
percent of all carbon dioxide emissions. The science is clear: to avoid the worst impacts of climate change,
emissions need to be reduced by almost half by 2030 and reach net-zero by 2050. To achieve this, we need to
end our reliance on fossil fuels and invest in alternative sources of energy that are clean, accessible, affordable,
sustainable, and reliable. Renewable energy sources – which are available in abundance all around us, provided
by the sun, wind, water, waste, and heat from the Earth – are replenished by nature and emit little to no
greenhouse gasses or pollutants into the air.
Suggestion reason: using renewable energy instead of fossil fuels helps mitigating the effects of climate change
because:
1. Fossil fuels contribute the most to global climate change
2. Renewable energy is clean, accessible, affordable, sustainable and reliable

PRACTICE
Ex 1:

What is the topic sentence of the following paragraphs?

Page
Paragraph 1:

Intellectually, learning a foreign language at a young age enables children to develop their brain. At this age,
children's minds are like sponges and their capacities are limitless. They have less inhibition or biases against
learning different subjects. They can learn one, two or three languages without confusion; it would only serve to
expand their minds. Therefore, it is ideal to start teaching a foreign language in kindergarten.

Paragraph 2:

Socially, learning a foreign language enables the young child to enter a wider cultural world. By learning to
speak, think and understand a different language, the child develops greater cross-cultural awareness. This
critical ability enables the child to make friends with, identify with and empathize with others who speak the
additional language.

Paragraph 3:

Professionally, by learning a foreign language in kindergarten, the child expands his/her future career horizons.
In today's increasingly globalized world, bilingual and multilingual individuals are in high demand. The child
who achieves this fluency naturally and easily at a young age already has an edge over others in the job
market.

 Guess the topic of the essay that includes those three paragraphs?

Advantages of learning a foreign language

Ex 2: Write full topic sentences based on the given words

Although more and more people read news on the Internet, newspapers will remain the most important
source of news. Do you agree or disagree?

Body 1:
Topic sentence: first/thing/attracts/people/news/online sources/easy access.
The first thing that attracts people to reading news on the online sources is their easy access.

Body 2:
Topic sentence: Another/benefit/which/Internet/take over/position/printed newspaper/new
experience/brings/readers.

Page
Another benefit with which the Internet can take over the position of printed newspaper is the new experience it
brings to readers.

Ex 3: Translate these sentences into English

Many people use written language in a less formal way and in a relaxed way than in the
past. Why is that so? Does this development have more advantages or disadvantages?

Body 1:
Topic sentence: Một mặt, có một số yếu tố có thể dẫn đến sự thay đổi trong hành vi viết lách của mọi người.
Topic sentence: On the one hand, there are several factors that can give rise to the change in people’s writing
behavior.

Body 2:
Topic sentence: Mặt khác, việc sử dụng ngôn ngữ viết tự nhiên và tự phát hơn có thể dẫn đến nhiều tác động
tiêu cực hơn.
Topic sentence: On the other hand, the use of a more casual and spontaneous written language could result in
more negative impacts.

Some people believe that certain old buildings should be preserved more than others. What types of
old buildings should be preserved? Do you think the advantages of preserving old buildings outweigh
the disadvantages?

Body 1:
Topic sentence: Thứ nhất, các loại tòa nhà cũ nên được bảo tồn bao gồm các cấu trúc có giá trị lịch sử và văn
hóa đáng kể trong một thành phố hoặc quốc gia.
Topic sentence: Firstly, the types of old buildings that should be preserved include structures that hold a
significant amount of historical and cultural value within a city or country.

Body 2:
Topic sentence: Tuy nhiên, có một số nhược điểm khi nói đến việc bảo tồn các tòa nhà cũ.
Topic sentence: However, there are some disadvantages when it comes to preserving old buildings.

Page
 HOMEWORK
Homework 1: Write topic sentences based on the given words and ideas

Many people assume that the goal of every country should be to produce more materials and goods. To
what extent do you agree or disagree that constantly increasing production is an appropriate goal?

Body 1: Partly agree with the statement

Topic sentence 1: produce more goods -> boost its economic development
On the one hand, a country needs to produce more goods to boost its economic development.

Body 2: disagree with the statement

Topic sentence 2: Negative environmental consequences
On the other hand, the tendency to increase production may cause negative environmental consequences.

Homework 2: Write topic sentences based on the given words and ideas

In the developed world, average life expectancy is increasing.

What problems will this cause for individuals and society? Suggest some measures that could be taken
to reduce the impact of ageing populations.
Body 1: Problems
Topic sentence 1: population grows older -> a lot of problems
As the populations of developed countries grow older, several related problems can be anticipated.

Body 2: Solutions
Topic sentence 2: government should take actions -> solve the problems
There are several actions that governments could take to solve the aforementioned problems..

Homework 3: Write topic sentences based on the given words and ideas
Topic: Students leave high school without learning how to manage their money.

Page
What are the reasons and solutions for this issue?
Paragraph 1:
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
One main cause of this issue is that the majority of high school students live with their parents and are
completely financially dependent upon them. Most students do not need to work to earn money while at high
school, as their parents pay for all their needs, and therefore do not gain any understanding of the realities of
earning and saving money. Furthermore, the only money that students receive is from their parents and this is
typically in the form of pocket-money, which is given with the intent on it being spent. Therefore, young
people only really learn how to spend money, and not how to earn, save or manage it wisely.
Possible answer: High school graduates’ lack of money management skills is attributed to various factors.
Paragraph 2:
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
To begin with, basic money management skills could be included as a compulsory subject for students in their
high school years, which would help equip them with the knowledge and skills to manage their own personal
finances when they leave school, move out of home and enter employment. In addition, parents need to take
responsibility to make sure that their children are adequately educated in such matters to ensure their children
maintain a successful and independent financial situation after graduating and leaving home.
Possible answer: There are a number of viable solutions to help tackle this problem.

Homework 4: Write topic sentences based on the given words and ideas
Topic: Happiness is considered very important in life.
Why is it difficult to define?
What factors are important in achieving happiness?
Nobody can fully understand or experience another person’s feelings, and we all have our own particular
passions from which we take pleasure. Some people, for example, derive a sense of satisfaction from earning
money or achieving success, whereas for others, health and family are much more important. At the same time,
a range of other feelings, from excitement to peacefulness, may be associated with the idea of happiness, and
the same person may therefore feel happy in a variety of different ways.
Possible answer: Happiness is difficult to define because it means something different to each individual person.
Firstly, it is hard for a person to be happy if he or she does not have a safe place to live and

Page
enough food to eat. Our basic survival needs must surely be met before we can lead
a pleasant life. Secondly, the greatest joy in life is usually found in shared
experiences with family and friends, and it is rare to find a person who is content to
live in complete isolation. Other key factors could be individual freedom and a
sense of purpose in life.
Suggested answer:

Possible answer: Although it seems almost impossible to give a precise definition of happiness, most people
would agree that there are some basic preconditions to achieving it.

Homework 5: Identify the mistakes in the following topic sentences and correct them

Wild animals have no place in the 21st century, so protecting them is a waste of
resources. To what extent do you agree or disagree?

Paragraph 1: “No wildlife – no human life”. I do not believe that planet Earth exists only for the benefit of
humans, and there is nothing special about this particular century that means that we suddenly have the right to
allow or encourage the extinction of any species. Furthermore, there is no compelling reason why we should let
animals die out. We do not need to exploit or destroy every last square metre of land in order to feed or
accommodate the world’s population. There is plenty of room for us to exist side by side with wild animals, and
this should be our aim.
Problems: quoting as a topic sentence
Possible answer: The notion that it is no longer important to save wild animals in the twenty-first century, in my
opinion, is absurd.
Paragraph 2: I also disagree with this because protecting wild animals is a humane action. It is usually the
protection of natural habitats that ensures the survival of wild animals, and most scientists agree that these
habitats are also crucial for human survival. For example, rainforests produce oxygen, absorb carbon dioxide
and stabilise the Earth’s climate. If we destroyed these areas, the costs of managing the resulting changes to our
planet would far outweigh the costs of conservation. By protecting wild animals and their habitats, we maintain
the natural balance of all life on Earth.
Problems: Mention something that is not supported in the paragraph
Possible answer: I also disagree with the idea that protecting animals is a waste of resources.

Page
 REVIEW (L, R, W, S)
LISTENING
Exercise 1:

11. Computer as Teacher 16. ground floor

12. University of Melbourne 17. further papers
13. Garden Room 18. 3:10
14. Main hall 19. Conference
15. top floor 20. Palm Lounge

Good morning everyone, and welcome to the 2nd Annual Wullaballoo Conference on Mastering Computer
Languages. I hope you all had a good trip. Before we get underway with today's programme, let me fill
you in as to what's on tap for tomorrow, Sunday, February 19.
At 9:00 a.m. right here in the Main Hall, we’ll be hearing a lecture from Dr. John Smith about "Computer
as Teacher". Professor Smith, from the University of Melbourne, is a world-class expert in the field of
(11) (12)

computer-assisted education, and his talk promises to be both stimulating and informative.
Immediately afterwards. At 10:30, there will be a presentation of papers by various delegates. That,
however, will take place in the Garden Room on the ground floor. If you don't yet know, the Garden Room
(13)

is also called the Ballroom, and we'll be gathering at the west end, the slightly raised area called Level 2. Just
look for the crowd. If you get lost. There are signs in the foyer.
After all that thinking, talking, and listening, I expect everyone will be a bit weary. So at 11:15. There will
be a break for coffee, cookies, and other light refreshments. These will be available at the aptly named
Refreshment Stand, placed by the door back here in the Main Hall. Also, if you choose to skip the formal
(14)

lunch. You can buy a packed lunch at the stand for a reasonable price.
I strongly urge you. However, to join us at the formal lunch. That won't be till one o'clock sharp, so you have
time to stroll about town a bit. We'll be eating at the Sea View Restaurant. The restaurant is located right
here in the hotel, on the top floor. It’s a good dozen flights of stairs, so I suggest you take the lift on the
(15)

ground floor, eh? If you're not fond of fish, there is an all-you-can-eat barbecue available as well. They
(16)

even offer wallaby meat!

Page
 After lunch, we'll troop back downstairs to Level 2 in the Ballroom for the presentation of further papers,
which will begin at 2:00 p.m. Please try to be on time. I know you'll be a bit tired after lunch, but the
(17)

Ballroom echoes so with people coming in late. Thank you in advance.

Once we've heard the papers, we'll break for afternoon tea at 3:10 p.m. No need to walk. The manager of
(18)

the refreshment stand has graciously agreed to have tea served in the Ballroom. He's even promised us
some special scones, baked from a recipe of his dear old Scottish grandmother.
Then, tea being drunk and scones munched, we'll retire here to the Main Hall for some closing remarks and
questions. So, by 5:00 we should have the conference wrapped up. But the fun isn't over! This is Australia
(19)

mates! We'll be flocking to the hotel's own Palm Lounge on the east side of the foyer for an informal
(20)

reception. You can relax, mingle with the other delegates, and let your hair down a bit. This will run from
5:10 to 6:10, though you're free to stay as long as you like. The lounge manager has informed me that, for
the duration of the actual reception, you can have all-you-can-drink beer for $20.00 with purchase of an
advance ticket.

Exercise 2:

31. less effort 35. smoother

32. uncomfortable 36. rubber wheels
33. 1860s 37. bump
34. connected 38. safer

Good afternoon, ladies and gentlemen. I'd like to take this opportunity to welcome you to our
exhibition, "Two Centuries of the Bike". Let’s stroll around the exhibition, shall we?
Although there were a few early efforts back in the 1700s, you didn't really see many bikes till, say, the
1830s in England. Bikes were a response to the rapid growth of cities early in the 19th century. Cities like
London were getting too big to walk across! The early bike let people travel with less effort than walking.
(31)

Plus a bike was slot cheaper than a horse!

Think of it. No one invented a bike for, what, five thousand years of human history? Why did people do
it then? Probably because this was the start of the Machine Age people wanted machines to do all the
work.
There were some drawbacks, however. For one thing, there were no pedals. You simply pushed yourself
along using your feet Kind of like today's skateboard. That meant you went fairly slowly and uphill, you

Page
 as you can see from this model. So the downside was that the ride was quite uncomfortable on most roads.
(32)

Only a few gadget lovers had or used them.

By the 1860s, though, improvements were being made. As you can see from this specimen, metal frames
(33)

had become the rule. They're more durable than wood, and they don't warp in the tam. The biggest
improvement however was the development of the chain and sprocket system. They are connected. This (34)

meant you did not push the bike. You used pedals oat like today. You had to try harder to balance, so it took
some practice to figure out how to use the pedals. But it made the ride so much easier. As a result, the good
thing was that you could ride a lot more smoothly and with very little effort.
(35)

By the 1880s, another big change was the use of rubber wheels. These became pretty common at that time.
(36)

Though the first ones were solid rubber, the ride was a good deal more comfortable that the old iron and
wood system. This is a big consideration because the faster you go, the more you feel every bump. Air-(37)

filled tyres - "pneumatic tyres” - didn't really come into use till around the year 1900, as you can see from this
exhibition over here. That made the ride even more comfortable.
So, by 1890 or so, people were going a lot faster and a lot more smoothly. There was one problem when you
were going quickly and comfortably: "OH NO! HOW DO I STOP?" Yes. we all laugh now. But for a long
time, the only way to stop was drag your feet. That didn't work very well and it would be dangerous if you
were going fast. In the crowded cities of those years - New York, Chicago, and so on, you would get killed if
you couldn't stop for, say. a streetcar.
Plus look at this bike. The front wheel is nearly a metre and two thirds tall! They made them that way so
you could see over people and wagons. But you couldn't drag your feet. This model is called a "velocipede°
- a "speed pedal". Another characteristic of the bike in this period is that it has two equal-sized wheels,
which signalled a big change in bikes.
For with the velocipede, brakes appeared. If you wanted to stop, you just pushed the pedal backwards. Doing
that stopped the back wheel of the bike. This technique worked a lot better than dragging your feet or
jumping off the high seat there! This meant that bikes became a great deal safer. It would have been safer if
(38)

people wore helmets, but the first bicycle helmet wasn't invented until years later, and even then it was little
more than a leather ballcap. It really wasn't until the 1970s that the bike helmet was modified to provide
some real protection.

Exercise 3:

1. Monument 5. Royal
2. gold 6. museum

Page
 3. 2,700 years 7. 2011.
4. 25 metres 8. weapons

I'd like to briefly tell you about a few of the main attractions at the palace. You'll find these on the map
in your information pack.
Now, one of the first things you'll see is the statue of King Hupugarta which I just mentioned. This is on
the right-hand side of Monument Court, the main square inside the palace grounds, er. Monument Court
(1)

so called because of the many statues of kings, queens and other historical figures there. Dating back to 123
BCE, the king's statue is 6 metres high, made of stone with a layer of gold, and dotted with jewels. That's
(2)

genuine gold, by the way, not just paint. Unfortunately, the jewels are made of glass. The originals were
stolen many centuries ago.
Just beyond the court is the Temple of the Sun. This is the oldest part of the palace, and is estimated to be
about 2,700 years old. It originally had a roof, but now there are just the columns that supported it. There
(3)

are 130 of them altogether, each one rising between 20 and 25 metres from the ground to support a frame of
(4)

iron bars on which the roof originally rested.

To the left of the Temple of the Sun is the New Palace, and it's here that you'll find the Royal Chambers. Er,
(5)

it's called the New Palace because it's the newest part of the palace complex, although it was actually
completed in 1346, which makes it quite old, really. Anyway, the Royal Chambers were where kings and
queens from the middle of the 14th century had their private rooms, bedrooms, bathrooms, things like that. It
was also where they would have kept all their valuables, although these have now been moved to the palace
museum, which is also worth a visit. This was opened in March 2010, no sorry, 2011. As well as valuables
(6) (7)

like jewellery and other historical objects, the museum also houses an impressive collection of weapons, (7)

including a sword that is said to have belonged to King Hupugarta himself.

Exercise 4:

15. car park 16. rose garden 17.

cafe

Question Tapescript

(15) Well, here we are at the top of the tower, and we're going to look at the view from each
direction. Out to the east, the large buildings about a kilometer away are on the Olympic site.
car park
There's an indoor arena for gymnastics, a stadium for track and field and a swimming pool
for

Page
 races and synchronised swimming and also diving. If you look carefully down there, you can
see the train lines. The Olympic site has its own station to encourage the use of public
transport. There is also a car park, but it only holds a limited number of cars.

(16) The formal park has some specially-created water features. If you look out here to the south, you
can see a circular ornamental pond.
rose
garden And around to the west, you can relax and sit on a bench to smell the flowers in the rose
garden, and finally up to the north, if you look in front of you now, there's a lake with a
small island in the centre.

(17) You can hire rowing boats at the boat shed, which you can't see from here, but if you look
through the trees, you can see the cafe, which has lovely views across the water. OK, let's climb
cafe
down now. We will go now and have a look at the nature reserve section of the park, which has
opened up natural wetland to the public.

Exercise 5:

11. E 12. A 13. B 14. D 15.

C

Question Tapescript

1. E Hello everyone, and welcome to the University of New South Wales.

The first thing I’d like to do at today’s Orientation Session is get you all oriented! That means tell
you the location of some useful facilities and services. So, first of all, take out the maps we gave
you all as you came in the door. The map is the big yellow sheet of paper.
As you can see on the map, North is at the top, South at the bottom, et cetera. Which way is
North? Well, look through that window on my left, your right. See the rising sun? That would
have to be East. So North must be directly behind me.
Now, we are at the campus’s Main Gate. The Recreational Facilities are on my right hand and its
opposite is the Student Centre. No questions? Good. Pretty easy, right?

2. A OK, did everyone eat breakfast at the Student Food Service this morning? Was the food good?
Yes, yes. I am joking. I’ve eaten there, too.
So after a meal like that, you must be eager to go to a doctor. Right?

Page
 Well, I have good news for you: The Student Health Centre is located about half a kilometre
straight north of here. Look on your maps. You see the street on the east side of this building?
Ned Kelly Avenue?
Just follow that about 500 metres, and the Health Centre will be on your left at the third cross
street.

3. B Now, I know you all just got here. So you must be wondering how to tell your folks you’ve
arrived safely, how much you miss the dog, and how you already need more money. If you don’t
have an I-phone, you probably are wondering where to find a computer. Well, I have good
news. If you go straight out of its door and walk down the Garden Street, you'll see the Internet
Unit on your left side, just next to the Gym. The hours are posted on the door, and the computers
are free, but you must bring your student ID card with you. Like I tell everyone, if you need help
with anything, you can probably find it right here in the Student Centre.

4. D Do you see the four buildings there between the Student Centre and the library? Those are the
dormitories. The men’s dorms are the two on the south; the women’s the two on the north. OK,
I’m sorry to have to tell you, but the university has been doing a lot of repairs and remodeling,
and it’s not all done yet. So there may be some small problems with your dorm rooms. Maybe
the window doesn’t open. Maybe an air conditioner is missing or does not work. If there are any
problems, you can go to the Complaint Office, which is right beside the Teaching Building
between the Parker Street and the Crammer Street. Just tell them your problem and they should
have it fixed by the time you graduate in four years. I’m joking, but please be patient. There are a
lot of little things they need to take care of.

5. C Tired of the school food? No? Give it a week. Or maybe you just need a place to get coffee in
the wee hours of the night during one of those marathon study sessions. Either way, you
definitely have to check out the little Cafe just past the women's dormitories. They’ve got free
Wi-Fi, so a lot of students saddle up with coffee and a bagel for hours on end to get work done.

Exercise 6:

21. B 22. D 23. C 24. A 25. F 26. E

Mr. Smith: Welcome! Please come in and gather over here around the tables. My name is Adam Smith, and
I’m the librarian here. I’ll show you around today and explain how to use these facilities. Hopefully when I’m
done with it, you’ll know the ropes, and please feel free to let me know of any questions or concerns that you
may have. Now, we’re at the gate of the library. Upon entering into the door, you’ll find that the restrooms

Page
 are on your left-hand side, and opposite them is a Photocopy Room. Many of you are wondering about the
check-in and check-out process. What you have to do is go to the Circulation Desk, which is to the east of
the Photocopy Room. The Reading Room is a really large area in the centre of the library, just to the north of
the Circulation Desk. I’m sure you won’t miss it. If you’re here to do research, this is where you should
(21)

bring books to look through. However, if you’re here to do any group projects or other interactive activities, I
advise you to use one of the study rooms, which are just to the east of the Reading Room. Moving on to the
southeast corner, we have the Periodicals Section, just next to the study rooms. We have a collection of dif-
(22)

ferent newspapers and magazines in this section. You can get last week’s weather reports, or all the top
stories five years ago - our periodicals can be traced back 20 years to the time when our school library was
built. Ah, our first question! Yes?
Student: Can we check out magazines from the library?
Mr. Smith: I’m sorry, but you cannot take any periodicals out of the library. You’re welcome to read them
for as long as you want while you’re here, but you cannot check them out.
Student: I wonder if there is any place where we can get some food in the library. Do we have a store here?
Mr. Smith: Of course. The Food Service Centre is just metres away from the study rooms. It’s on the
northeast corner as you look at the map. The Food Service Centre offers different kinds of snacks though
(23)

it’s not big. Well, moving on along to the west, you will Find the Video Resource Centre on your right
hand. We have educational videos and documentaries, as well as major motion pictures. We ask that you
(24)

pay attention to the tag on the video that you pick up, as many of our documentaries are for on-site viewing
only and may not be taken out of the library. To the west of the Video Resource Centre is our Satellite TV
Station. Here we stream the news from Channel 19 for most of the day.
(25)

Student: How many channels does it have?

Mr. Smith: (laughs) It does have nearly 200 channels, but we generally will give top priority to channels
with some big events, like presidential addresses or other breaking news. During the coverage of the
presidential debate, students will take a break from studying and flock to watch it. Last but perhaps most
important is the Enquiry Desk. It's just on the left-hand side when you walk into the library, so it’s
(26)

impossible to miss it. If you have any questions about how to use equipment or where to find something,
come and ask the assistant. Don’t be shy, because that’s what they’re here for!

READING
PASSAGE 1:
Questions 1-6
1T Little research has been done on the link between packaging and consumers choosing a product.
Giải thích: Đoạn 2

Page
Having said this, understanding how consumers make decisions, and the crucial role of packaging in this
process has been a neglected area of research so far.

2T A person who buys what another person recommends is using heuristic thinking.
Giải thích: Đoạn 3
On the one hand, there's 'heuristic processing', which involves very shallow thought and is based on very simple
rules: 1) buy what you recognize, 2) choose what you did last time, or 3) choose what a trusted source suggests.

3F Heuristic processing requires more energy than systematic processing.

Giải thích: đoạn 4
On the other hand, 'systematic processing' involves much deeper levels of thought. When people choose goods
in this way, they engage in quite detailed analytical thinking - taking account of the product information,
including its price, its perceived quality and so on. This form of thinking, which is both analytical and
conscious, involves much more mental effort.

4NG The concept of heuristic processing was thought up by Dr Maule's team.

Giải thích: không có thông tin

5T A consumer who considers how much a product costs, is using systematic processing.
Giải thích: đoạn 4
On the other hand, 'systematic processing' involves much deeper levels of thought. When people choose goods
in this way, they engage in quite detailed analytical thinking - taking account of the product information,
including its price, its perceived quality and so on.

6F For heuristic processing, packaging must be similar to other products.

Giải thích: đoạn 5
Under heuristic processing, for example, consumers may simply need to be able to distinguish the pack from
those of competitors since they are choosing on the basis of what they usually do.

Questions 7-11
For consumers who want to compare products, it is important that your packaging stresses the 7
advantages of your product.
Giải thích: đoạn 6
Consumers will want to be able to compare the product with its competitors, so that they can determine
which option is better for them. A crucial role of packaging in this situation is to communicate the
characteristics of the product, highlighting its advantages over possible competitors.

Page
We know that people only use systematic processing if the 8 _situation . makes it necessary or
desirable.
Giải thích: đoạn 7
Essentially, people only engage in effort-demanding systematic processing when the situation justifies it, for
example when they are not tired or distracted and when the purchase is important to them.

We also know that too much 9 information could make consumers choose another product.
Giải thích: đoạn 8
Second, people have an upper limit to the amount of information they can absorb. If we present too much,
therefore, they will become confused. This, in turn, is likely to lead them to disengage and choose something
else.

Furthermore, consumers may not fully understand details such as the 10 _ingredients of a product.
Giải thích: đoạn 9
Third, people often lack the knowledge or experience needed, so will not be able to deal with things they do not
already understand, such as the ingredients of food products, for example.

While some people like using systematic processing, others like to think in a 11 very simple way.
Giải thích: đoạn 10
And fourth, people vary in the extent to which they enjoy thinking. Our research has differentiated between
people with a high need for thinking - who routinely engage in analytical thinking - and those low in the need
for cognition, who prefer to use very simple forms of thinking.

PASSAGE 2:
1. 2008
2. 143
3. environment
4. resources
WRITING
Exercise 1:

Introduction:

Background statement:

The widespread problem of anti-social behaviors and disrespectful attitudes towards others has long been a
major topic of concern in society.

Page
Thesis statement:

Some of the major culprits of this problem will be discussed before the most important solutions are drawn.

Body:

Idea 1: Reasons for this alarming situation vary. In some cases, people may hold an anti-social attitude or
disrespect others because they live in an environment where violence and discrimination are the norms…..

Idea 2: In some other cases, it is the lack of parental guidance that is to blame…..

Conclusion:

To conclude, it is clear that violence, discrimination, and the indifference of parents to children’s education are
the major catalysts for the increase in anti-social behaviours and disrespect for others. Strong measures, such
as stringent law enforcement on violent and discriminatory acts, must be taken to alleviate this distressing
situation.

Exercise 2: Write the topic sentence based on the given words

Topic sentence: To begin with, a company can build these kinds of facilities as a way for them to do their part
in helping the community.

Topic sentence: However, I think it is a waste of money for companies to build such facilities for
the community.

Exercise 3:

Topic sentence 1: The first justification for my agreement is that taking social responsibility can enable
firms to entice higher-quality employees.

Topic sentence 2: Another reason why I agree that businesses should undertake their responsibility
towards society is that this can boost their image to the public.

SPEAKING
Student’s own answer.

Page
Page
 UNIT 7: FAME AND THE MEDIA
LISTENING
LEAD-IN
1 1 He is Justin Bieber, a famous singer and songwriter.
2 The answer is found in the recording for exercise 2.

FLOW-CHART COMPLETION
2 1 piano 2 competitions 3 fans 4 music executive 5 contract 6 (global) superstar
3 1 No 2 Yes
PREDICTING THE ANSWER
4 1 verb 2 noun 3 adjective 4 noun 5 verb 6 adjective 7 adjective 8 verb
5 1 recognise 2 journalists 3 acceptable 4 attention 5 queue 6 interesting 7 private 8 visit
6 1 verb 2 noun or adverb 3 noun 4 verb
7 1 work (hard) 2 (the) experts 3 opportunities 4 fail
TECHNICAL / SCIENTIFIC FLOW-CHARTS
8 1 adjective 2 adjective 3 adjective 4 noun 5 adjective 6 adjective 7 adjective
10 1 G manual 2 J useful 3 C closer 4 E light 5 B brighter 6 H popular 7 F long
EXAM SKILLS
11 1 talents 2 simple 3 notebook 4 camera movements 5 comic book 6 creative 7 advertise
SCRIPT

2 Justin Bieber's rise to fame is an interesting story. He was interested in music from a very early age and he
taught himself how to play a whole selection of musical instruments, which I think is rare in youngsters
these days. Like a lot of teenagers who want to be pop stars, he learnt the guitar. But, whereas very few of
those teenagers put in the effort needed to be successful, Bieber, on the other hand, not only learnt how to
play the piano as well, but also mastered the drums and even the trumpet! One day he hopes to learn the
violin.

Page
He was clearly gifted, and his mother used to arrange for him to take part in local competitions. He came
second in one, and his mother posted his performance on YouTube. She kept posting other clips of him singing,
and soon these attracted a number of fans who started following him, though at this point he still hadn't found
fame. His big break came when a music executive came across these videos by accident when he was looking
for a performance by a different artist. He immediately recognised Bieber's talent and gave the teenager a
contract with his recording company. His first record was a worldwide hit. He shot to fame in just two years
and is now a global superstar, one of the most well-known performers the world has ever seen.

5 A: I wouldn't like to be famous. I would hate people to recognise me all the time. You would always be
followed by journalists and never able to have a private life. Being followed on a good day, when you've
been to the hairdresser and are wearing your best jeans, is perhaps acceptable, but can you imagine how it
would make you feel on a bad day?

B: I would love to be famous. I would adore all the attention and the special treatment. Everywhere I went,
people would know my name and I wouldn't need to queue any more. The best part, though, would be meeting
other famous people. I can imagine that would be so interesting. They would come to my private yacht and I
would visit their mansions.

7 Interviewer: So, you've been a famous singer for over three decades now. What advice would you give to
someone wanting to become famous?

Celebrity: Well, my first piece of advice is - don't try and become famous. Instead focus on being good at
something. Choose something you enjoy and then work hard at doing well in that area.

Interviewer: What did you do to become such a successful singer?

Celebrity: Well, a good way to be the best is to learn from the experts. Find people you admire in your area
of interest. Try to get asclose to them as possible. Observe them carefully. If possible, talk to them. Ask lots of
questions. Don't copy them, but try to learn from them. And don't be afraid to experiment, try something new.

Interviewer: Being the best is one thing, but how did you get yourself known?

Celebrity: Getting yourself known is indeed another skill you must work on. One thing is for sure, nobody is
going to come to you. You have to make opportunities for yourself. You have a product to sell and the product
is you. It's much easier to do that these days, especially with the internet around. Many people use social media
for this.

Interviewer: Any other piece of advice?

Page
Celebrity: Yes, the last thing I would say is, if you want to be really successful in something you will most
likely experience a certain amount of failure. People who fail at some point often say that the experience has
been a great lesson and helped them on the road to success. Try to learn from these momentsinstead of
being frightened of them. In fact, some of the most successful people have often failed countless times
before reaching their end goal. What makes them successful, is that they kept on trying regardless

10 If you're going to take film-making seriously, you need to learn how to get the best from your camcorder.
Many people use camcorders these days, to make short videos of their friends and family, and often people just
use the automatic functions. These work well enough for those types of occasion, but if you want to take a
more professional approach for the production of your short film, you should have some knowledge of the
camcorder's manual functions too.

In this tutorial I will start by discussing three of the most basic functions: the focus, the iris and the zoom. The
focus control is usually the manual focus ring at the front of the lens, well certainly with professional
cameras. It's a particularly useful function if used correctly. The ring turns anti-clockwise for a more distant
focus and clockwise for a closer focus.

Next, I will talk about the iris ring. This is also located on the lens. It manages how much light appears through
the lens, through the adjustable opening called the aperture. As you let more light into the shot, it naturally
becomes brighter.

Finally, I will talk about the zoom function. Many people use this function and it's often over-used! Used in
moderation, however, this very popular feature can be a really useful tool. It moves your perspective closer
or further away from your chosen subject. I would advise, however, that whilst shooting a long zoom, you
use a tripod.

11 So welcome to Film-makers' Club. I hope you're excited at the thought of making a film and that you're
bursting with great ideas. I've put you all into groups, so here's what you're going to do. Now you might think
the first thing that you need to do is to come up with an idea for a story, but even before that you need to think
about what type of film you want to make.

Remember that a film is really a story in pictures. There are lots of ways of telling a story. So choose a style
of film that suits the talents of the group. If you have talented artists, but no good writers, or actors, you might
want to make your film in the style of a cartoon or some other kind of animation. Last year a groupmade an
excellent film using Lego bricks.

So having decided that, you can start to think of your idea for the story. Think about the movies you like to
watch. What is it that makes them interesting? Is it the characters, the plot? As regards plot, my advice is - don't
be too ambitious, don't make it complicated. Keep it simple- the simplest ideas are often the ones that work the

Page
best. Initially you just need to find the basic concept. You can fill in the details later. It's a good idea to keep a
notebook in your pocket and carry it everywhere. You never know when a great idea will suddenly come to
you! And the more ideas, the better, in my opinion. The next stage is to write the screenplay - for this you need
to divide the story up into a series of scenes. For each scene, the screenplay should begin with a short
description of where it takes place and the time of day, that is day or night. Then the rest consists of the script -
the lines the actors will speak, and it should also describe the camera movements, and give directions to the
actors about how they should move.

Before you can start filming, you need to prepare a storyboard of your film to help everyone involved to
imagine the scenesclearly and to understand what you are trying to achieve. This is similar to a comic-book
version of your film, but without speech balloons. And at this point you need to appoint a director. This is a
major role and it's vital that he or she is a good communicator, as they are the key link between the actors and
the rest of the team. This person will have responsibility for the creative side of the project. He or she will have
the final say in the choice of the main actors and in directing the action of the film.

That brings me to the next stage-casting your film - finding the actors. Don't just rely on your friends. Be
creative! Perhaps you could advertise on social media. Or if your film needs a doctor, perhaps you could ask
one from the local hospital if they could spare a couple of hours for you?

And then before filming finally starts, you will need to assign other jobs, such as director of photography - in
your case this will be the person who operates the camera; someone in charge of sound and music, and someone
in charge of costumes and props (including furniture and any other objects needed) and also someone to look
after hair and make-up. But we'll look at these roles in more detail in our next session.

HOMEWORK
Homework 1:

ANSWER SENTENCE

6 aircraft S: Fine. Well, first of all silver nitr, er, iodide is fired into the cloud from the ground using a
rocket.
T: Good, and you could mention that sometimes it's dropped from above by aircraft.

Page
7 freeze S: Right, and this is the first stage, the primary stage, which is called static seeding. The
silver iodide causes a chemical reaction with the tiny water drops in the cloud, and they
freeze.
8 ice S: Next, er, there's a process called riming. R-I-M-I-N-G. That's when the ice particles, well,
they join up to form bigger pieces of ice, and when they're heavy enough, they fall from the
sky.

9 releases S: Dynamic seeding, of course, how could I have left that bit out? Let me think. OK, so the
heat water droplets turn to ice, and, er.
T: What happens when water freezes? When anything freezes, for that matter. Something
that may seem surprising.
S: Oh, of course, it releases heat.

10 last S: The cloud gets bigger, and contains even more moisture.
longer
T: Exactly, and not only do they become bigger, but they also...?
S: They, er, produce storms. No, hang on, that's not right. They last longer, that's it.

Tutor: All right, let's go back to the section in your essay on cloud seeding. Apart
from your silver nitrate / silver iodide mistake, you've missed a few bits out.
Student: Have I?
T: I'm afraid so. What I'd like you to do is talk me through the process of cloud
seeding, what it involves and so on, and I'll stop you if you've forgotten something.
OK?
S: Fine. Well, first of all silver nitr, er, iodide is fired into the cloud from the ground
using a rocket.
T: Good, and you could mention that sometimes it's dropped from above by aircraft.
S: Right, and this is the first stage, the primary stage, which is called static seeding.
The silver iodide causes a chemical reaction with the tiny water drops in the cloud,
and they freeze.

Page
 T: OK, so you've got millions of tiny ice particles because the water droplets in the cloud
freeze. What happens next?
S: Next, er, there's a process called riming. R-I-M-I-N-G. That's when the ice particles,
well, they join up to form bigger pieces of ice, and when they're heavy enough, they
fall from the sky.
T: Good, and then?
S: Well, as they fall, they turn to rain or snow. And, er, well, that's it, isn't it?
T: Well, usually, yes, but you've mentioned that there's a first stage. a primary stage,
so surely you should have mentioned...?
S: Oh, the secondary stage..
T: Which is known as?
S: Dynamic seeding, of course, how could I have left that bit out? Let me think. OK, so the
water droplets turn to ice, and, er.
T: What happens when water freezes? When anything freezes, for that matter. Something
that may seem surprising.
S: Oh, of course, it releases heat.
T: Exactly, it releases heat. And what can happen to a cloud when freezing water inside it
does this?
S: The cloud gets bigger, and contains even more moisture.
T: Exactly, and not only do they become bigger, but they also...?
S: They, er, produce storms. No, hang on, that's not right. They last longer, that's it.
T: Right. They last longer, which means they can be seeded again to produce even more
rain.

Homework 2.
1. question
2. general, specific

Page
3. make notes
4. system
5. relevance

Tutor: Hi, James. How's your alternative energy research project going?
James: To be honest, I'm a bit confused about how to do the research for all the different
energy types.
Tutor: Well, the first thing to do is to make sure you focus your question, otherwise
you'll have too much to read and you won't be able to select the key arguments.
James: So how do I do that?
Tutor: Start with the general topic of alternative energy and then keep asking questions
until you've narrowed the topic down to one particular area. Then, when you have your
question, make a list of the reading you will need. This list should be general to give you
some background, but remember you'll need to focus on the issues related to the question,
so the reading list should also be specific to the actual energy source you've chosen,
whether it's wind or solar or wave power.
James: And then start reading?
Tutor: Absolutely. You need to start straight away, but don't forget to make notes as you
read, otherwise you won't be able to keep track of ideas for future reference purposes.
James: Yes, that makes sense. I think that's my main problem - I don't recall where I've
read different ideas so I can't find them again later. And my friends have warned me
that not recording ideas in a system can really hinder your progress.
Tutor: Your friends are right - it's a common problem amongst students. You need a
system. Anyway, once you've done the reading and made all your notes, you need
to organise them so that you can analyse and think about what you've read.
James: But I prefer to just start writing and then go back and look at my notes later.
Tutor: Hmm... I wouldn't recommend it. I think you need to give yourself more time to
digest the material and arrange it into some kind of system ready for analysis in terms of
relevance to your research question.
James: Well, that's a great help. Thank you, Professor Jenkins.

Page
 Tutor: You're welcome. Come and see me again if you have any more problems.

Homework 3.
A.
5. daylight 6. sun 7. country 8. willing to

B.

KEYWORDS SYNONYMS/PARAPHRASES

calculate the number of hours of working out how many hours of

determine the cost work out how much it would cost

supplying homes supply the average home

the entire the whole

power station construction costs the price of power conversion stations

what customer would be how much they would be

Phil: Well, what about if we analyse the costing process as part of our project?
Tutor: That's an excellent idea, Phil. OK, so let's imagine that we want to forecast the
cost of producing solar energy. How could we do that, Jackie?
Jackie: Um, well, I think we'd have to start by working out how many hours of
daylight there are in the UK per year.
Phil: The Meteorological Office would have data on that.
Jackie: Then estimate the number of hours of sun to get a rough total.

Page
 Phil: And then I suppose we'd need to work out how much it would cost to supply the
average home with solar power, and then extrapolate that to get a number for the
whole country.
Tutor: Good, and don't forget the price of power conversion stations - this will have a
significant impact on overall expenditure. And there's one more factor you haven't
taken into account yet, regarding the consumers.
Jackie: Um... whether they would change from traditional to renewable
energy? Tutor: No, but think about what might make them change?
Jackie: Oh, yes. How much they would be willing to pay.
Tutor: Exactly. Well done.

SPEAKING
LEAD-IN
1 Sample answers
A Angelina Jolie (actor, famous for her humanitarian work) - active, charming, talented, generous
B Paul McCartney (singer and songwriter, member of The Beatles - brilliant, talented,
experienced C Bill Gates (started the company Microsoft) - active, brilliant, professional,
powerful, generous

SPEAKING PART 2
2 1 Bill Gates
2 computer programmer, creator of Microsoft
3 on television
4 2001, when Windows XP came out
5.1 : He is responsible for bringing computers into family homes.
5.2 : He was the world's youngest self-made billionaire.
5.3 : He gives a lot of his money to charity.

Page
3 1 who 2 and 3 when 4 so 5 because 6 But 7 because 8 why 9 in spite of 10 whose
PART 3 QUESTIONS
61e 2a 3c 4d 5b
71E 2B 3A 4C 5D
SCRIPT

2 Well, for this task I'd like to talk about Bill Gates. He's the brilliant computer programmer who created
Microsoft and the Windows operating system. I first saw Bill Gates on television in 2001. He was talking
about Windows XP, which came out that year. I remember thinking that he is the richest man in the world, but
if you look at him, you'd never know that. He just looks like a typical computer programmer I like Bill Gates
because he's responsible for bringing computers to millions of family homes around the world with his
Windows operating system. This made computers easier to use for everyone and also at a price that many
families could afford. I also like him because he was the world's youngest self-made billionaire at the time. If
he could do it, I like to think I could do it too. Finally.I admire him because he's very generous and uses his
money to help people. He has given away a huge amount of his money to charity, and I believe he plans to give
most of it away in the end. I think this is an excellent idea and I hope this can show other rich and powerful
people that they should also help others.

3 Well, the famous person I'm going to describe is David Beckham. He was a footballer who played for
Manchester United, and he also played for England. I first saw him play for United when I was only seven, so
that was probably in about 2002. I remember it as one of the most exciting days in my life! David Beckham
became famous because he was a very talented footballer. His speciality was scoring amazing goals from free
kicks. But he wasn't well-known only for his football skills. He became even more famous when he married a
pop star - Victoria, one of the Spice Girls. And another reason for his fame was his good looks and his style. I
think almost every boy in the world wanted to have a David Beckham haircut! I know I did. I adored him as a
boy because I was mad about football and he was my hero. The reason why I still like him is that in spite of
his fame he behaves like a normal guy. I heard a story from someone whose car was broken down in the
middle of the countryside. And then a car stopped and a man got out and asked him if he needed a push. It was
David Beckham!

READING
3B

Page
41E 2D 3C 4B 5A 6A

5 C. The opinion is not stated directly, but the phrase waste their time shows the writer doesn’t like Faccebook.
6 1 No 2 Yes 3 Not Given 4 No

9 4 No 5 Not Given 6 Yes

10
1A 2C 3B 4B 5C 6A 7B 8 No
9 Yes 10 Yes 11 Yes 12 Not Given 13 No 14 Not Given 15 Yes 16 No

HOMEWORK
PASSAGE 1
1. upheavals
2. Social media
3. their own views
4. dissemination
5. counteract
6. unconnected
7. make sense of

Check-up 1:

Q Kind of Keywords in the Synonyms/Paraphrases in the Where have you found

word(s) you question passage the evidence (which
need for the paragraph, sentence)
gap

Page
 In this time of global ….
1 noun the world is going Paragraph: 1
through a period of….
Sentence 2

…. prevailing way for people to

2 noun …is the main source of find news on the Internet
news for most web users Paragraph: 2

Sentence: 1
usually end up choosing to
3 noun tend to choose the believe the version Paragraph: 2
version that
Sentence: 5
most in tune with …

most agrees with…

share…with their friends

4 noun Sharing … with social Paragraph: 2
media friends brings about …..
Sentence: last
contributes to … misinformation or,..., fake
news. Paragraph: 3

false information. Sentence: 1

5 verb objective investigative independent, fact-based Paragraph: 3

journalism investigative journalism
Sentence: 2

reveal
6 noun/adj bring to light Paragraph: 5
the links between
relationship between Sentence: 2

apparently…events events that seemed ….

Page
 help us
7 verb make it easier for us Paragraph: 6
…our world and our place in it
…the world in which we Sentence: 1
live

Check-up 2: Translate the passage into Vietnamese

Biến đổi khí hậu, sự gia tăng của bất bình đẳng giữa người giàu và người nghèo, cùng với sự bất ổn xã hội ở
nhiều nơi trên thế giới đã khiến nhiều người bối rối và không tin tưởng vào những người đang nắm giữ quyền
lực. Trong thời kỳ biến động toàn cầu và không chắc chắn này, nếu chúng ta muốn hiểu rõ những gì đang diễn
ra xung quanh chúng ta, khả năng phân biệt nguồn tin không đáng tin cậy và đáng tin cậy là cực kỳ quan
trọng.

Một nghiên cứu gần đây đã chỉ ra rằng các nền tảng truyền thông xã hội đã trở thành cách chủ yếu mà người
dân tìm kiếm tin tức trên Internet. Tuy nhiên, có một số vấn đề liên quan đến điều này. Đầu tiên, người dùng
truyền thông xã hội liên tục bị áp đảo bởi thông tin, trong đó có nhiều nguồn có thể tin cậy, nhưng cũng có
nhiều thông tin không xác minh hoặc có nguồn gốc đáng ngờ. Các thông điệp trái chiều thường nảy ra từ sự rối
loạn này trong tin tức chỉ làm gia tăng cảm giác bối rối và không tin tưởng. Kết quả, người dân thường chọn
tin tức mà phản ánh quan điểm của họ nhất. Họ tiếp tục chia sẻ những câu chuyện yêu thích với bạn bè, hầu hết
trong số họ sẽ không thể tránh khỏi việc "thích" chúng.

Điều này đưa ra vấn đề về việc truyền tải thông tin sai lệch hoặc trong trường hợp tồi tệ nhất, tin giả. Để đối
phó với những vấn đề này, điều cần thiết hơn bao giờ hết là báo chí điều tra độc lập dựa trên sự thật. Các nhà
báo điều tra không viết câu chuyện để thu hút nhiều lượt nhấp chuột hay "thích". Họ làm việc chăm chỉ để vạch
trần những vấn đề mà những người nắm giữ quyền lực cố che đậy, hoặc để tiết lộ những mối liên kết giữa các
sự kiện trước đây dường như không liên quan. Họ tận tâm tìm kiếm bằng chứng và hướng đến việc phân tích và
trình bày tất cả các sự kiện quan trọng cho công chúng một cách rõ ràng và chính xác. Tóm lại, công việc của
họ là giúp chúng ta hiểu được thế giới và vị trí của chúng ta trong nó.

PASSAGE 2
Câu 1. NO
Câu 2. NOT GIVEN
Câu 3. NO

Page
Câu 4. NOT GIVEN
Câu 5. YES
Câu 6. NO
Câu 7. NOT GIVEN
Check-up 3:

Q Keywords in the statement Keywords in the evidence (evaluate if Where have you found
there are any same words, synonyms, the evidence (which
opposites or if there’s no match) paragraph, sentence)
Beethoven…accepted the idea of
1 branding. >< branding …an alien concept Paragraph: 1
to ….Beethoven
Sentence: 3

The judges on Popstars were well

2 qualified for their roles. no match

The people chosen to form Hear’Say

= two young men and three young Paragraph: 4
3 lacked talent. women,
Sentence: 2
>< all able to sing, dance, …
Hear’Say’s licensing manager built
4 his success on his experience of no match
marketing other groups.

effective way of selling products. = the quickest way to your customers’

5 Appealing to people’s emotions wallets Paragraph: 11

= through their hearts. Sentence: 2

Page
 The most successful products = products and the only brands which
6 will succeed Paragraph: 11
those that are best at what they are
Sentence: 2
designed to do. >< those that make an emotional
connection.
The general public is becoming
7 concerned about the increase in no match
cynicism.

affecting our attitude

8 = breeds cynicism and emotional Paragraph: last
towards other people. detachment:
Sentence: 1
>< happiness is ….mobile phone

Check-up 4:

Các nhóm khác cũng đã được đánh dấu và tiếp thị mạnh mẽ như Hear'Say; nhưng không có nhóm nào nhanh
chóng như họ. Như quản lý cấp phép của họ đã thừa nhận, họ đã tiếp thị cho nhóm trước khi họ thậm chí còn
biết ai sẽ tham gia vào đó. Hear'Say thành công vì họ đã tận dụng tài tuyệt vời của ý tưởng tiếp thị lớn - đó là
cách nhanh nhất để tiếp cận ví của khách hàng là thông qua trái tim của họ.

Lời kể về tiếp thị cho biết người tiêu dùng bị áp đảo bởi các sản phẩm và chỉ có các thương hiệu tạo kết nối cảm
xúc mới thành công. Ngày càng nhiều, điều chúng ta mong muốn là mua các giá trị của chúng ta - chúng ta cần
các sản phẩm mang ý nghĩa và mục đích vào cuộc sống của chúng ta.

Nguy cơ là việc thương mại hóa thế giới riêng tư của chúng ta sinh ra sự hoài nghi và tách biệt cảm xúc: hạnh
phúc bị giới hạn chỉ còn là sở hữu điện thoại di động mới nhất. Khai thác cảm xúc cuối cùng tạo ra một tâm thế
bi quan về bản chất con người, giả định rằng mọi người đều là một thương hiệu, với một số người thất bại và
một số người thành công, và mọi người đều cố gắng "bán chính mình" trong cuộc thi tài năng lớn của cuộc
sống. Điều này phản ánh thời đại của chúng ta, thay vì chỉ là những nhạc sĩ, mà Hear'Say có ý nghĩa quan trọng
nhất.

WRITING
TOPIC: BUSINESS
Page
 LESSON PREPARATION
Exercise 1. Fill in the blanks
1 She didn't want to work for a big corporation/enterprise where everything was so impersonal.
2 The company is unlikely to be successful due to the huge disputes among employees
3 The recession has forced a lot of companies to cut down on graduate recruitment.
4 The company is looking for ways to boost sales in Asia, its biggest market.
5 His business thrived in the years before the war.
6 Many people chose to quit their jobs during the non-profitable stage
7 Like most companies we've had our ups and downs, but business's like that.
8 Management skills is important for a company to be successful
9 She has to make some difficult decisions
10 Exporting local products is one way to obtain foreign currency
Vocab Meaning
Enterprise Xí nghiệp
Corporation Tập đoàn
Management skill Kĩ năng quản lí
Family business Doanh nghiệp gia đình
Ups and downs Thăng trầm
Non-profitable stage Giai đoạn không tạo ra lợi nhuận
Dispute Tranh cãi
Recruitment Sự tuyển dụng
Make decision Đưa ra lí do
Boost Đẩy mạnh
Obtain foreign currency Thu được ngoại tệ
Thrive Phát triển mạnh
IELTS FOCUS
As well as making money, businesses also have social responsibilities. Do you agree or

A B Answer
Sentence 1. On the one hand, people recognize a. cover its running costs, such as 1. b
that firms need to employee’s salary and office rental

Page
 Sentence 2. Firstly, it is logical that the top b. make money to survive in this 2. a
priority of any company should be to competitive world

I.Functions
1. highlight the main idea of a paragraph, letting the reader know what the paragraph will be
about: sentence 1
2. Give further explanation about the topic given: sentence 2

REASON/EXPLANATION
I. Giving reason
Choose the suitable explanation or each topic sentence
1. On the one hand, I accept that businesses must make money in order to survive in a
competitive world.
a. On top of these costs, companies need to invest in improvements and innovations if they wish to
remain successful.
b. It seems logical that the priority of any company should be to cover its running costs, such as
employees’ wages and payments for buildings and utilities.
Question: Why do businesses need money to survive?
Answer: to cover its running costs, such as employees’ wages and payments for buildings and utilities.

2. On the other hand, there are strong reasons why businesses should also accept that they have social
responsibilities
a. The reason for this is that their activities have an effect on the environment
b. For example, if factories installed waste treatment systems instead of discharging
chemical wastes into rivers, water pollution could be controlled
Question: Why do business should also accept that they have social responsibilities?
Answer: Because their activities have an effect on the environment

Page
  Function of the “reason” sentence: to give a further explanation of the idea given in the topic
Sentence by answering the question “why”

II. How to write a “reason” sentence:

1. Highlight the main idea in the topic sentence
2. Answer the question “why” to make the idea clearer

III. Useful structures:

Highlight the phrases indicating the reasons:
1. The first reason is that their activities have an effect on the environment
2. Another reason is that enterprises should help those who are less fortunate since they have the money to
do so
3. In other words, we all are different, with different tastes and preferences
4. The reason for this is that/This is because the rising number of factories these days has led to severe
environmental damage
5. This is due to the fact that when companies earn a good profit, they can expand their businesses
6. To put it in another way, corporations should also consider helping those who are less fortunate such
as homeless or disabled citizens
7. This is due to/because of the economic recession that many companies went bankrupt.

 Useful phrases:
The reason is that
Another reason is that
This is due to the fact that + Clause (S + V).
The reason for this is that
To put it in another way,
In other words,
This is due to + Np + that + clause.
This is because of
Note: Using these phrases will increase your “coherence and cohesion” band.

Page
Check-up 1: Choose the correct words to fill in the blanks

Today's school should teach their students how to survive financially in the world today. to what extent
do you agree or disagree?

Topic sentence: Firstly, learning money management skills from childhood is a great way for children to
expense money wisely later in life.
Ex 1: One reason for this is that/Therefore,/Moreover,/ if any child learns anything in their childhood, they
will carry it in their future…….
Ex 2: Consequently/Therefore/Another reason for this is that people who learn wealth management at a young
age can deal with economical issues better.

PRACTICE
Ex 1: Put the sentences in the correct order to form a complete outline:

Sentence On one side of the argument, there are people who believe that money has a major role to play in
1 the happiness of a person.
Sentence The reason for this is that every person finds happiness in different things and it is completely
2 wrong to argue that the richest person is the happiest one.
Sentence On the other side of the argument, there are people who believe that money has nothing to do
3 with happiness.
Sentence Certainly, money is required to buy anything in this world
4

Outline
Body 1
Topic sentence....................Sentence 1

Explanation:...................Sentence 4

Body 2
Topic sentence....................Sentence 3
Explanation:...................Sentence 2

Page
Ex 2: Write full topic sentences and explanations based on the given words

When choosing a job, the salary is the most important consideration. To what extent do you agree
or disagree?

Body 1:
Topic sentence: one hand/undeniable/money/play/crucial part/daily life
On the one hand, it is undeniable that money plays a crucial part in our daily life
Explanation: Explained/fact/people/need/money/meet/basic/needs
It can be explained by the fact that people need money to meet their basic needs

Body 2:
Topic sentence: other hand/believe/other/considerations/just/as important as/what/earn/in/jobs
On the other hand, I believe that other considerations are just as important as what we earn in our jobs
Explanation: It/because/relationships/atmosphere/workplace/extremely important/choosing/ job
It is because relationships and the atmosphere in a workplace are extremely important when choosing a job

Ex 3: Translate these sentences into English

Family businesses are quite popular in many countries. While some people believe that they have a
higher chance of success others argue that this method will lead to many problems in the future. In my
opinion, family businesses have certain pros and cons which will be discussed in the following

Body 1:
Topic sentence: Một mặt, sự trung thành là một lợi thế lớn các ngành doanh nghiệp gia đình. Explanation: Lí
do cho điều này là bởi vì các thành viên trong gia đình sẽ luôn ở lại cùng nhau trong bất kể thăng trầm thay vì
rời bỏ doanh nghiệp của mình ở giai đoạn không tạo ra lợi nhuận.

Topic sentence: Loyalty is one major advantage of family businesses.

Page
Explanation: The reason for this is that the family members will always stay together during any ups and downs
of their business rather than quitting from the existing business during the non-profitable stage

Body 2:
Topic sentence: Mặt khác, các doanh nghiệp gia đình không phải lúc nào cũng thành công
Explanation: Đó là bởi vì có nhiều sự bất đồng liên quan đến việc chia lợi nhuận, tuyển dụng bên ngoài,
và việc đưa ra quyết định.

Topic sentence: On the other hand, the family-owned business is not always successful
Explanation: This is because there are many disputes related to profit sharing, outside recruitment, and
discussion making.

Ex 4: Write topic sentences and reasons based on the given words and ideas

The goal of every country should be to produce more materials and goods. Many people assume that the
goal of every country should be to produce more materials and goods. To what extent do you agree or
disagree that constantly increasing production is an appropriate goal?

Body 1: Partly agree with the statement

Topic 1: produce more goods -> boost its economic development
Explanation: local product can be exported ->obtain foreign currency -> thrive.
On the one hand, a country needs to produce more goods to boost its economic development. The reason for
this is that If excess local products can be exported for example, foreign currency will be obtained and thus
countries can thrive.

Topic 2: disagree with the statement

Topic sentence: Negative environmental consequences
Explanation: More factories ->more wastes
On the other hand, tendency to increase production may cause negative environmental consequences. This is
because more factories means more waste.

Page
 HOMEWORK
Ex 1. Rearrange these sentences to make full body paragraphs

Many companies sponsor sports as a way to advertise themselves. Some people think this is good for the world of sport

Sentence On the one hand, without sponsorship, many sporting competitions and events could not operate
1
Sentence On the other hand, there are some disadvantages which may occur when large sporting events
2 use sponsorship from companies that produce products which have a negative impact on people
and society
Sentence This is because if there were no sponsors, the price of a spectator ticket would be extremely high
3 as this would be the only revenue to cover the costs of the event.
Sentence The reason for this is that when young people are exposed to certain advertising, they can easily
4 develop a positive association with the harmful products and start to use them.

Body 1:
Topic sentence: Sentence 1
Explanation: Sentence 3

Body 2:
Topic sentence: Sentence 2
Explanation: Sentence 4
 Outline
In an essay, the topic sentence and explanation can be as follows
Main body paragraph 1
 Topic sentence: Mention the view you don’t agree with
 Explanation: Explain why this view is held by some people
Main body paragraph 2
 Topic sentence: Mention the view you agree with
 Explanation: Explain why this view is held by some people

Ex 2. Choose the correct words

Page
 Some people think that newspapers are the best way to get news. However, others believe that they can get news bette
Discuss both views and give your opinion.

Body 1:
Topic sentence: (1) On the one hand/On one hand/On the other hand, it is (2)
understand/understood/understandable why newspaper still hold the most popular (3) position/stage/phrase
among (4) viewers/audiences/newsreaders (5) even though/because/since we are living in a (6) digit/digital
world.
Explanation: This is (7) because/because of/due to newspapers have existed long before the (8)
introduce/introduction/introducing of the Internet, the most senior citizens have developed a (9)
habit/habitual/habits of reading a newspaper on a daily (10) basis/basic/basics, and they do not want to change
this habit

Body 2:
Topic sentence: (11) On the other hand/In the other hand/On other hand, the Internet has become an (12)
increasingly/increasing/increase dominant news source these days (13) since/due to/because its easy access.
Explanation: The (14) reason/result/consequence for this is that with the (15) popular/population/popularity of
the Internet, people with (16) hand/handy/handing devices, such as a smartphone, can access a huge storage of
news in just a few click

Ex 3. Write the following sentences based on the given words

Some people say that advertising is extremely successful at persuading us to buy things. Other
people think that advertising is so common that we no longer pay attention to it.

Discuss both views and give your opinion.

Body 1:
Topic sentence: one hand/advertising/persuasive/because/repetition/emotional /appeal.
 On the one hand, advertising is persuasive because of its repetition and emotional appeal.
Explanation: This/because/frequent exposure/same images/phrases/imprints/ messages/of/products/people’s
minds
 This is because frequent exposure to the same images and phrases imprints the messages of the
products in people’s minds

Page
Body
Topic sentence: other hand/people/believe/advertising/no longer/attract/ attention/because they think ubiquity
leads to disinterest.
 On the other hand, some people believe that advertising no longer attracts attention because they
think ubiquity leads to disinterest.
Explanation: Reason/people/not like/be bombarded with/advertising.

 The reason for this is that people do not like to be bombarded with advertising materials.

Ex 4: Translate these sentences into English

Some people think that advertisements are good for the society whereas others oppose this
view. Discuss both the views and give your opinion.
Body 1: Một mặt, quảng cáo là một cách hiệu quả để truyền bá nhận thức của mọi người về các sản phẩm mới
và sẵn có
Explanation: Lí do cho điều này là quảng cáo có thể quảng bá sản phẩm nhanh hơn truyền miệng
Body 1: On one hand, advertising is an effective way of spreading the awareness among people about the new
and existing products.
Explanation 1: The reason for this is that advertisements are capable of spreading the words of the products
much faster than words of mouth

Body 2: Mặt khác, mặc dù quảng cáo rất quan trọng cho cả các doanh nghiệp lẫn khách hang, nó có những
ảnh hưởng tiêu cực đến các cá nhân, đặc biệt là trẻ em
Explanation 2: Điều này là bởi vì nó tạo ra những nhu cầu không thiết thức, cái mà thuyết phục mọi người tìm
kiếm những thứ họ không thật sự cần.
Body 2: On the other hand, although advertising is crucial for both business and customers, it has a detrimental
impact on individuals especially children.
Explanation 2: This is because it creates an impractical want, which persuades people to seek for what they
don't really need
Ex 5. Brainstorm ideas for the outline below and write topic sentences and reasons

Topic: Some people think watching TV is bad for children, while others think that watching TV has
more beneficial effects on children. Discuss both views and give your own opinion.
Outline:

Page
Body
Topic sentence: children’s development, negatively affected by watching TV
Explanation: sitting in front of TV screens -> detrimental to children’s health
Suggested answer: On the one hand, there are a number of reasons why some people think that children’s
development would be negatively affected by watching TV. The first reason is that sitting in front of TV
screens for too long is detrimental to children’s health

Body 2:
Topic sentence: essential role in the development of children
Explanation: opportunity -> widen horizons, enrich knowledge of the world.
Suggested answer: On the other hand, I personally believe that television has an essential role to play in the
development of children. Watching educational TV programmes gives children the opportunity to widen their
horizons and enrich their knowledge of the world they live in

Page
 UNIT 8: NATURAL WORLD
LISTENING
LEAD-IN
1 A mountain gorilla B blue ring octopus C Pere David's deer D Arabian leopard
2 1 mountain gorilla 2 blue ring octopus 3 Arabian leopard 4 Pere David's deer
NOTE-COMPLETION
31b 2e 3a 4c 5d
4a2 b3 c5 d4
51b 2d 3b 4e 5a 6c
72a 3d 4b 5c
9 1 ground 2 grey 3 blackbacks/black backs 4 water 5 Hunting
10 1 d 2 a 3 c 4 b 5 e 6 f
11 1 19th/nineteenth 2 750/seven hundred and fifty 3 head 4 yellow 5 snakes 6 100,000/ one
hundred thousand

EXAM SKILLS
13 1 Australia 2 3/three 3 24/twenty-four 4 stick 5 pain 6 (sea)water
SCRIPT

Speaker 1 This creature is found in the mountains of Central Africa. It has black hair all over its body, which
is much thicker than that of other members of the species. This means that it can live in colder temperatures.
There are only about 900 of these apes in the wild. A lot of the green plants they eat have been destroyed, and
they have also been killed in the past for their fur.

Speaker 2 This creature lives in the ocean from Australia up to Japan. Many of them are quite small, with a
body that grows up to five centimetres long, and they have long tentacles, or arms. Its name comes from
the

Page
bright blue rings that show up when it's frightened. You need to be careful in the sea around them as they are
very poisonous.

Speaker 3 These creatures live mainly in desert areas and can survive in both mountains and valleys. Their
tails help them to balance when they are climbing or sleeping in trees. Their black and yellow coats help them
to hide in the places where they live. Unfortunately, there are only about 250 of these beautiful big cats left in
the wild today.

Speaker 4 This strange-looking animal lives in wet areas and comes from the area south of the tropics in China.
There are very few in the wild now. As you can see, it has antlers like most deer, but it has a neck like a camel
and hooves or feet like a cow. They eat mainly grass and live partly on land and partly in water.

8 Hello everyone. Today I'm going to talk about a project I've done about the mountain gorilla. I think it's a
truly fascinating animal. They originate in Africa - Central Africa, in fact.

So now I'm going to talk a little about where they live. As you can probably guess, and as you can see in this
first photo, their name reflects the environment they live in-tropicalmountain forests. Now just like all other
apes, they build nests out of leaves. But they don't make their nests high up as other species do- mountain
gorillas make them on the ground instead. And they sleep wherever they end their day and they rarely sleep in
the same bed twice! So, I'll move on to talk about the physical features of the mountain gorilla. In other words,
what it looks like. So here are some more photographs on screen for you all to have a look at. This gorilla here
on the left is a male gorilla. We know that he's an older male gorilla because of the colour of his coat. As you
can see, his coat is grey. He's called a silverback. Younger male gorillas are called blackbacks. And there's an
obvious reason for that! Yes, a young adult male has a black coat. As he gets older, his coat turns from black
to grey.

Next, I'm going to tell you a little about the diet of the mountain gorilla. Interestingly, mountain gorillas are
herbivores. In other words, they survive on a diet of plants. As you can see from this next picture, this gorilla is
eating leaves. They also eat fruit and flowers. They occasionally eat insects too, but only when they're very
hungry! And it might interest you to know that mountain gorillas very rarely drink water, even though they live
in a very warm climate. It appears they get all the water they need from plants.

I'd like to conclude by talking about some of the threats that mountain gorillas face. They are in serious danger
of disappearing from our world altogether. Let's have a look at two reasons why they're in such danger. And
both of these reasons are connected to human activity. Firstly, people are damaging the mountain forests where
these gorillas live. They're cutting down the trees to build farms and towns. Mountain gorillas live in close
family groups and this means that it's difficult for them to get enough to eat in the small areas they now have to
live in. Secondly, gorillas are also suffering as a result of hunting. Sadly, some people find and kill them to
sell. So it's a very sad situation indeed for these beautiful animals.

Page
11 Good morning, everyone. In today's lecture I want to talk to you about a very unpopular animal here in
Britain. In fact, you could say that it's one of our least loved animals! It's called the American bullfrog and
yes, it does in fact come from America - the east of America, to be exact - and it was brought to Britain in the
early 19th century, so you could say that it's been here for quite a long time. It wasn't brought here on purpose
- it actually arrived in a big container of aquatic plants. In other words, it was accidentally introduced into
Britain.

Now, I'll tell you a little about its appearance. The American bullfrog is a very large- and ugly-species of frog.
And when I say it's large, I mean large. Interestingly, female American bullfrogs are usually much larger than
the males. In fact, they can weigh up to 750 grams, whereas the males only go up to about 600 grams. Take a
look at its head - it's really broad and flat, isn't it? And you can see its mouthjust here - that's quite large too.

Now, both the male and the female American bullfrogs have green or brown bodies and have dark spots on the
top. But there's one important difference between them - the male's throat is yellow but the female has a white
one instead. And the other difference is their eardrums, here just behind their eyes. Those of the male are much
larger than the female's.

So, let's move on to why we so dislike the American bullfrog. Well, this is because it has threatened our own
native species of frogs. Firstly, it breeds very quickly indeed. For example, female bullfrogs can lay up to
25,000 eggs every single season. And secondly, the American bullfrog is very greedy. In fact, they eat just
about anything they can put into their mouths! As well as other frogs, they eat insects, fish and have even been
known to eat birds and snakes! So, in other words, they eat the food sources of our own native species. Thirdly,
they carry a disease that is dangerous to other frogs. And finally, they don't just damage our natural world, they
cause financial damage too. Around £100,000 has been spent monitoring the American bullfrog in the wild.

So, as scientists, we can learn a lesson from this about the dangers of introducing any living species into a new
environment.

13 OK everyone, I think we're ready to make a start. Now, when you think of a dangerous animal, what do
you think of? A tiger perhaps? Or maybe a leopard? Most people think that all dangerous animals live on land,
but in fact, some of the most dangerous animals on the planet live in our seas and oceans. I'm going to talk
today about one of these - the box jellyfish.

There are different types of box jellyfish, and they are found in warm coastal seas anywhere from the
Indian Ocean to as far north as Japan, but the most dangerous ones are found in the oceans around
Australia.

OK, so now let's examine what these box jellyfish look like. There are no prizes for guessing why it's called
a box jellyfish! You can see that it's shaped like a box or a cube, with four sides and rounded corners. And
you can also see that its body is light blue.

Page
So, let's take a look at the tentacles of the box jellyfish more closely. It's got 15 of these growing from each of
the four corners of the box. Now, you may be surprised to learn that these tentacles can grow to a length of
three metres! And another surprising thing is its large number of eyes, that's six eyes on each of its four sides, so
24 altogether.

So now let's move on to talk about the sting of a box jellyfish. What is it? Well, a jellyfish has a lot of tentacles,
and each tentacle has thousands of cells which can produce a poison. If the tentacles come into contact with a
fish, or a person, they stick to their skin. If the tentacles are very long, they are in contact with a lot of the body.
giving a bad sting which hurts terribly. This can be dangerous to the victim.

There are two ways that people can die as the result of a jellyfish sting. Firstly, a very severe sting can cause a
person to have a heart attack. This can happen within minutes. Secondly, sometimes a swimmer goes into shock
and can't make it back to the beach because they are in such extreme pain. If they're in the water alone, they'll
die.

And now I'd like to conclude with advice on how to help someone who has been stung by a box jellyfish. If
they have had a heart attack, of course the most important thing is to try to revive them first of all. And then, the
best thing to help is vinegar. Yes, the same vinegar you use when you're cooking! Many Australian beaches
keep bottles of it near the jellyfish warning signs. You should pour a bottle over the tentacles for 30 seconds,
and then the tentacles can be removed. However, if you get stung and don't have any vinegar, you should pour
seawater on the skin. This will help to ease the pain before you can get further medical help.

HOMEWORK
Homework 1.
1. Geoffrey
2. 19th September
3. 210
4. cash

A: Good afternoon. Royal mound Hotel. How may help you?

B: Hello… Er, I like to book between room, please, for next week.
A: One minute, please… I’ll just check if we have one available … yes, we do, sir. No, I
just need to take down a few details, if I may.
B: Yes, of course.

Page
 A: What name is the booking under?
B: My name… Duncan Geoffrey. That’s G-E-O-double F-R-E-Y
A: G-E-O-double F-R-E-Y. Aha. And could I have a contact telephone number,
please? B: Yes, 576223821.
A: When will you be arriving, sir?
B: Sometime on the evening of the 19th.
A: Of September?
B: Yes, and we will be leaving on the 23rd. How much will that be in total?
A: So… that’s a twin room… For a. win, it would normally be 235 pounds, but I can give
you a special rate as it’s low season, it’s 210 pounds for the six nights.
B: Great. Thank you.
A: And how would you like to pay, sir? We accept cash check or credit
card. B: I’ll pay cash on arrival, if that’s okay.
A: Of course, sir. We look forward to seeing you.

Homework 2.
A.

1. Clarice Willard 6. town centre

2. 0192 8734566 7. 350

3. family member 8. bills

4. flat/ apartment 9. 57 Thorney Leys

5. 2/ two 10. email/ e-mail

B.

KEYWORDS SYNONYMS/PARAPHRASE

heard about us found us

look at website have a look at your website

type of accommodation preferred property interested in

famous part popular part

Page
preferred location preferences in terms of location

close to within walking distance of

prices are increasing prices are going up

depend on public transport rely on public transport

Man: Hello. Good Moves Accommodation Agency. Ben speaking. How can I help?
Woman: Good morning. I'm calling about an apartment on your website, and
was wondering if I could have some more information.
M: Certainly. Can I take your details before we get
started? W: Sure.
M: Right, what's your name, please?
W: OK, my name is Clarice Willard. Clarice is C-L-A-R-I-C-
E. And Willard, W-I-L-L-A-R-D.
M: And have you got a contact number?

W: Yes, I'll give you my mobile, which is 0192

8734566. M: That's great, thanks. And can I ask how
you found us?
W: Of course. A family member used you last year and recommended you. So, I had a
look at your website and, well, that's why I'm calling now.
M: OK, so, which property are you interested in?
W: The apartment on Statham Street, the one on the 3rd floor.
M: Let me see. Ah, I'm afraid that flat's no longer available.
W: No?
M: No, it went this morning. It's in a really popular part of town. We do have a house
on the same street, if you're interested. It's £950 a month.
W: Er, no, I think that's much too expensive. I think an apartment is all we can
afford. M: Oh, so it's not just for you?

Page
W: No, me and a friend. We're both starting work in the town next month.
M: Oh right, so it's two of you. So, let's see. Do you have any preferences in terms of
location?
W: Both our jobs are in the town centre, so it would be good to be within walking distance
of that, or perhaps a short bus journey away. Neither of us have a car, so we'd be relying on
public transport.
M: And what's your budget?
W: I'm sorry?
M: How much can you pay a month?
W: Let me see, er. £700 a month is probably our limit.
M: Each?
W: No, that would be for the both of us. We wouldn't be able to pay more than £350 each.
Oh, and that would have to include bills. Not phone bills, obviously, but things like
electricity, gas and water.
M: Hmm, OK, well, we do have a place in the Bampton district, which is about ten minutes
by bus from town. It's a two-bedroom apartment, and it's less than your budget, at £600 a
month. Bills would be extra, unfortunately, but that should still work out at less than £700.
Although remember that electricity and gas prices are going up all the time, so I can't
guarantee that.
W: Do you have an address?
M: I do. The apartment number is 3, and it's at 57 Thorney Leys
Road.. W: Hang on, let me just make a note of that. 57...
M: Thorney Leys Road. Thorney is T-H-O-R-N-E-Y and Leys is L-E-Y-S. And the district
is called Bampton. Do you have an email address?
W: Yes.
M: In that case, I can send you the details, and then you can think about it. And if you're
interested, I could arrange for a visit so you can see the place for yourself. How does that
sound?
W: Oh, that would be really helpful. It's clarice_willard@....[fade]

Page
Homework 3.

1. 94635550 4. Monday
2. Clark House 5. Thursday
3. University Drive 6. a/one month

CLERK:

Good morning, ma’am, and welcome to “Australia’s Moving Experience”! How can I
help you?

WOMAN:

Well, I... I hope you can help me. I’m so up in the air right now... I...

CLERK:

Just calm down, now. Let me guess: you’re moving and it has you a little confused.

WOMAN:

That’s it exactly. You see, I’m relocating to the United States next month and
I’m having a hard time getting organised.

CLERK:

Here, fill out your name and address, and let me ask you a few questions. Oh,
what should I call you?

WOMAN:

My name is Jane, Jane Bond.

CLERK:

Page
OK, Jane, first of all, what’s your work phone number? In case I have any questions
about things.

WOMAN:

My work phone is 94635550. But please try not to call me too often there. My
boss hates personal calls.

CLERK:

So does mine, ma’am, so does mine. And what address should we ship your things to?

WOMAN:

My new company is letting me stay temporarily at 509 Clark House, that’s C-L-A-R-
K, 1137 University Drive in Seattle.

CLERK:

Seattle? Beautiful city, I hear. Mountains right beside the ocean, almost. Cooler than
Australia, too. OK, and when should we come pack your things?

WOMAN:

I guess that would be on Monday, March 11th.

CLERK:

Do you want any help with an after-packing clean-up? We do that for a small
additional charge.

WOMAN:

Yes, that would be helpful. I promised the landlord I’d give her the keys back by 5:00
p.m. on Thursday, the 14th.

CLERK:

Great, we’ll just schedule the clean-up for that day. That way, the place will smell
clean and there’ll be no dust.

WOMAN:

Page
Well, you do think of everything! Oh, how much is this going to cost?

CLERK:

Here is a list of our basic prices.

WOMAN:

Oh dear, this seems rather expensive!

CLERK:

Yes ma’am, but you’re paying for the best. We’re careful and we’re fast. Like we say,
the only thing we break are speed records getting you moved.

WOMAN:

Well... maybe that’s so... Oh, I nearly forgot to tell you. I don’t want my furniture
shipped with me. I won't be looking for an apartment till after I arrive in America.
Would it be possible to put my furniture in storage here for a month, then have it
sent along later?

CLERK:

Of course, we do that all the time. A couple of other things. Here at "A Moving
Experience”, we try to pack your things logically. We don’t just throw stuff in boxes.

CLERK:

Do you have any special requests? You know, things you want packed in some
special place, so you know where to find them?

WOMAN:

Like what?

CLERK:

Oh, I don’t know... Things like dishes maybe. Not to be rude, but you look like a lady
who likes to eat.

WOMAN:

Page
Ahhh! Yes, I need my dishes and things where I can find them quickly.

CLERK:

Great. We'll put those dishes and cutlery in what we call the emergency pack. Can
you think of anything else?

WOMAN:

Ummm, I do have an antique tea kettle my great-grandmother gave my mother.

I wouldn’t want to lose that. So I guess you’d better put that in storage with the
furniture.

CLERK:

Grandma’s tea kettle with the furniture, got it! Say, how about things like your alarm
clock? You don’t want to miss your plane on the big day, right?

WOMAN:

Well, you certainly think of everything! Yes, that’s right. I'll also need my alarm clock
where I can find it.

CLERK:

Fine, we’ll put that in your personal package. And of course, we'll give you a list of
where we pack everything. So, all you’ll have to do on Thursday, the 14th is grab your
luggage on your way out the door. Um, I couldn’t help noticing the new CD player
you’re carrying. Is that a Samsung?

WOMAN:

Why? Yes, it is. One of their best. Cost me nearly a hundred dollars, it did!

CLERK:

Do you want to take special care of it? I mean it’s brand new.

WOMAN:

Take care of it, but nothing special. You can just put it in storage with the furniture.

Page
 CLERK:

That looks like everything we need here. I guess you’re all set.

WOMAN:

That was certainly quick. Thank you, young man. This has been a most moving
experience!

SPEAKING
LEAD-
IN
1 A eagle: big claws, nest B dolphin: long fin, underwater C camel: round hump, desert D deer: hard
antlers, forest

PART 3 QUESTIONS
51b 2a 3d 4c
DEVELOPING YOUR ANSWER FOR PART 3
7 1 Question: What should be done to people caught hunting illegally?
Answer: They should have their money given to animal charities and the same for people buying the animal
products.
Example: The government in Kenya took money from people who were caught buying animal furs.
Reason: This will help those charities better protect wild animals.
2 Question: Is there anything we as individuals can do to prevent hunting?
Answer: We can stop buying things made from animals.
Example: Many fashion designers no longer use real fur, they use fake fur instead.
Reason: The demand for things made from animals will drop, and so will demand for hunting.
3 Question: Will there be more or less hunting in the future?
Answer: I think there will be less hunting in the future.

Page
Reason: Many of our animals are already close to becoming extinct.
Example: There are almost no white rhinos left.
10 Suggested answers
Pets: 1 C 2 B 3 A 4 D
Zoos: 1 G 2 F 3 E 4H

SCRIPT

Examiner: What can governments do to prevent illegal hunting?

Student 1: There are two things the government can do to prevent illegal hunting. The first is to be more
serious about punishing hunters, for example...

Examiner: Should the government provide more money for zoos?

Student 2: They definitely should. It seems to me that zoos need money now more than ever. Many of
them have very old facilities for the animals...

Examiner: How might we be able to protect wildlife in the future?

Student 3: Well, in the future, it might be a good idea to use technology to track where wild animals are...

Examiner: Is there any difference in how children learn about wildlife now than in the past?

Student 4: There's a big difference, I think. In the past, we used to go on more field trips to places to see wild
animals, but now we mostly just see them on the internet.

Page
1

Examiner: What should be done to people caught hunting illegally?

Student: Well, if you ask me, I think people caught hunting should pay all the money they made to charities
that help to protect animals. And the same for people caught buying these animal products. For example, I read
that the government in Kenya took money from people who were caught buying animals' furs. The reason why
is that it will help charities better protect wild animals, and hopefully make hunting more difficult.

Examiner: Is there anything we as individuals can do to prevent hunting?

Student: Yes, there are many things we can do, and perhaps the most important one is to stop buying things
made from animals. A good reason for this is that it might cause the demand for things made from animals to
drop. For instance, many of the world's most famous fashion designers have stopped using real animal fur in
their clothes.

Examiner: Will there be more or less hunting in the future?

Student: In my opinion, there will be less hunting in the future. The reason for this is that many of our
animals are already close to becoming extinct, so when they are gone, there will be nothing left to hunt. By
way of example, the white rhino in Africa was hunted for many years, but now there are almost no white
rhinos left to hunt.

READING
LEAD-IN
1
1 opposite 2 similar 3 similar 4 opposite 5 similar

NOTE-COMPLETION

Page
4
1C 2A 3B 4E 5D

5 1. Hardy Jones 2. Campaigner

The information was in paragraph B. NO

6
1, grey whales 2, humpback whales 3, 7 hours 4, move her legs 5, leg
The information was in paragraph E.

7D
10
1D 2G 3F 4B 5A

11
1 entertainment 2 Gerald Durrell 3 natural habitats
4 wild 5 enrichment 6 Webcams
7H 8G 9D 10 E 11 A

HOMEWORK
PASSAGE 1
Câu 1: INSECTS
Đoạn 2: True to their name, bee-eaters eat bees (though their diet includes just about any flying insect).
efficiency productive productivity
Đúng như tên gọi của chúng, chim chậu ăn ong (mặc dù chế độ ăn của chúng chỉ bao gồm bất kỳ loại côn
trùng bay nào).

Câu 2: POISON

Page
Đoạn 2: When the bird catches a bee, … very efficiently
Khi con chim chậu bắt được một con ong, nó quay trở lại cây của mình để loại bỏ chất độc của con ong, điều
mà được nó làm rất hiệu quả.

Câu 3: RIVER VALLEYS

Đoạn 3: Farmland and river valleys … of insects
Đất nông nghiệp và thung lũng có sông chảy qua cung cấp một số lượng lớn côn trùng.

Câu 4: AFRICA
Đoạn 4: Massive flocks … in West Africa.
Những đàn gia súc khổng lồ từ Tây Ban Nha, Pháp và miền bắc nước Ý băng qua sa mạc Sahara để đến nơi trú
đông của chúng ở miền tây Châu Phi.
Bee-eaters from … in southern Africa.
Những con chim chậu đến từ Hungary và các khu vực khác của Trung và Đôn Âu băng qua biển Địa Trung Hải
và sa mạc Ả Rập để đến trú đông ở miền nam Châu Phi.

Câu 5: PREDATORS
Đoạn 5: ‘At least 30 percent … the following spring.’
Ít nhất 30% số chim sẽ bị giết bởi những kẻ săn mồi trước khi chúng quay trở lại Châu Âu vào mùa xuân năm
sau

Câu 6: TUNNELS
Đoạn 6: Birds build nests … tunnels in riverbanks.
Chim xây tổ bằng cách đào đường hầm ở bờ sông

Câu 7: CHICKS
Đoạn 7: The nesting season … out of their eggs.
Mùa làm tổ là thời điểm các gia đình giúp đỡ lẫn nhau, và con trai hoặc chú giúp nuôi gà con của cha hoặc
anh trai ngay khi chúng vừa ra khỏi trứng.

Page
Câu 8: PESTICIDES
Đoạn 8 dòng 4: The difficulties of migration … every bird
Những chú chim chậu ngày nay cũng khó kiếm thức ăn hơn vì có ít côn trùng hơn do thuốc trừ sâu.
Check-up 1:

Q Kind of Keywords in the Synonyms/Paraphrases in the Where have you found

word(s) you question passage the evidence (which
need for the paragraph, sentence)
gap
bee-eaters eat ….
1 noun bee-eaters’ prey Paragraph: 2
are…
bees (...includes ….). Sentence 1

bees and other…

get rid of….
2 noun remove…
Paragraph: 2

Sentence: 2
huge numbers of insects
3 noun plenty of food Paragraph: 3
Farmland and …
agricultural land Sentence: 2
and in…

Massive flocks from …. to their

4 noun spend the winter in wintering grounds in West Africa. Paragraph: 4
different parts of…
Bee-eaters from … to winter in
Sentence: 2,3
southern Africa.

5 noun because of… be killed by… Paragraph: 5

survive migration make it back to Europe the

following spring.'

Page
 build nests in..
6 noun make nests… Paragraph: 6

Sentence: 2

sons or uncles help feed their

7 noun receive food from father's or brother's chicks … Paragraph: 7
different family
members Sentence: 1

fewer insects around

8 noun reduced the amount Paragraph: 8
of food
Sentence: 4

Check-up 2:

Đúng với tên gọi của chúng, chim bắt ong (bee-eaters) ăn ong (mặc dù chế độ ăn của chúng bao gồm hầu như
mọi loại côn trùng bay). Khi chim bắt được một con ong, nó trở về cây của mình để loại bỏ độc tố của ong, và
chúng thực hiện điều này rất hiệu quả. Nó đánh vào đầu con côn trùng một bên của cành cây, sau đó cọ thân
mình vào bên kia. Việc cọ nhẹ khiến con mồi của chúng trở nên vô hại.

Chim bắt ong châu Âu (Merops apiaster) hình thành gia đình và sinh sản vào mùa xuân và mùa hè trên một khu
vực kéo dài từ Tây Ban Nha đến Kazakhstan. Các khu vực nông nghiệp và thung lũng sông cung cấp một lượng
lớn côn trùng. Đàn chim bắt ong thường theo sau các máy kéo khi chúng làm việc trên cánh đồng. Khi chúng
tìm thấy tổ ong, chúng ăn no - một nhà nghiên cứu một lần tìm thấy một trăm con ong trong dạ dày của một con
chim bắt ong gần tổ ong.

Ong châu Âu qua mùa đông bằng cách ngủ trong tổ ong của chúng, điều này cắt nguồn thức ăn chính của chim
bắt ong. Do đó, vào cuối mùa hè, chim bắt ong bắt đầu một hành trình dài và nguy hiểm. Đàn lớn từ Tây Ban
Nha, Pháp và miền bắc Italy vượt qua sa mạc Sahara để đến các vùng đông Phi vào mùa đông. Chim bắt ong
từ Hungary và các khu vực khác ở Trung Âu và Đông Âu vượt qua biển Địa Trung Hải và sa mạc Ả Rập để
đông ở miền nam châu Phi. "Đây là một chiến lược di cư cực kỳ nguy hiểm," như C. Hilary Fry, một nhà
nghiên cứu động vật học Anh đã nghiên cứu chim bắt ong châu Âu hơn 45 năm, đã nói.

Page
PASSAGE 2
1. Đáp án: C
Đoạn 1: The Kiwi lives only in New Zealand.
Chim Kiwi chỉ sống ở New Zealand

2. Đáp án: A
Đoạn 1: The Kiwi is the same size as a chicken.
Chim Kiwi có kích thước tương đương với một con gà

3. Đáp án: C
Đoạn 1: Each foot has four toes.
Mỗi chân có 4 ngón chân.

4. Đáp án: B
Đoạn 2: It sleeps during the day because the sunlight hurts its eyes
Nó ngủ vào ban ngày vì ánh sáng ban ngày làm hại mắt của nó

5. Đáp án: A
Đoạn 5: To avoid this, the government states … the endangered species list.
Để tránh điều này, chính phủ tuyên bố rằng mọi người không thể đơn giản giết Kiwi vì chúng nằm trong danh
sách loài đang gặp nguy hiểm.

Check-up 3:

Q Keywords in questions Keywords in the evidence Where have you found the evidence (which
paragraph, sentence)

live = lives only in …

1 Paragraph 1

Page
 Sentence 1

as big as = the same size as a….

2 Paragraph: 1

Sentence: 3

how many toes …all = Each foot has four toes

together Paragraph: 1
-> eight toes together
3
Sentence 7

sleeps… = It sleeps during the day

4 Paragraph: 2

Sentence: 2

People cannot kill kiwis = people cannot simply kill

5 because… kiwis because … Paragraph: 5

Sentence: 1

Check-up 4: Translate the passage into Vietnamese

Chú Kiwi chỉ sống ở New Zealand. Đây là một loài chim rất kỳ lạ vì nó không thể bay. Kích thước của
chú Kiwi tương tự như gà. Nó không có cánh hoặc đuôi. Nó không có bất kỳ lông nào giống như các loài
chim khác. Thay vào đó, nó có lông trên cơ thể. Mỗi chân có bốn ngón chân. Mỏ của nó rất dài.

Chú Kiwi không thích sự xung quanh có nhiều cây. Chúng thích ngủ vào ban ngày vì ánh nắng mặt trời gây đau
mắt cho chúng. Loài chim với thói quen hoạt động về đêm này chỉ hoạt động vào ban đêm. Chú Kiwi có thể
ngửi mùi các vật thể bằng mũi. Đây là loài chim duy nhất trên thế giới có khả năng ngửi mùi. Quả trứng của
chú Kiwi rất lớn.

Page
Hiện tại chỉ còn một số ít chú Kiwi ở New Zealand. Một khảo sát gần đây cho thấy chúng đang biến mất nhanh
chóng khỏi các khu rừng mà chúng đã sống trong hàng nghìn năm. Người ta hiếm khi thấy chúng trừ khi ở
trong một sở thú New Zealand. Chú Kiwi đang trên bước đường tới sự tuyệt chủng.

Trong quá khứ, hàng triệu chú Kiwi đã sống trong các khu rừng. Kẻ thù duy nhất của chúng trong thời đó là đại
bàng New Zealand lớn. Đại bàng vĩ đại này đã tuyệt chủng nhiều năm trước. Sự biến mất nhanh chóng của chú
Kiwi bắt đầu khi con người đến định cư ở đây. Họ mang theo cùng mình các loài chó, mèo và túi cầm của Úc.
Ngoài con người, những loài động vật này cũng thích săn và ăn chú Kiwi. Điều này đã làm giảm số lượng của
loài chim về đêm này. Nhiều người quan tâm đến việc bảo tồn chú Kiwi dự đoán rằng chúng có thể sẽ hoàn toàn
biến mất trong vòng chưa đầy 10 năm.

Để tránh điều này, chính phủ nêu rõ rằng người dân không thể đơn giản là giết chú Kiwi vì chúng nằm trong
danh sách loài đang nguy cấp. Người dân New Zealand muốn chú Kiwi của họ sống sót. Chú Kiwi rất đặc biệt
đối với người dân New Zealand. Nó đã trở thành biểu tượng quốc gia của đất nước, và bạn có thể thấy hình ảnh
của một chú Kiwi trên tiền New Zealand. Ngoài ra, người dân New Zealand thỉnh thoảng còn được gọi là
"kiwis".

WRITING BODY
PARAGRAPH
VOCABULARY – ARTS
New words Pronunciation Meaning
Identity /aɪˈdentəti/ Xác thực, sự nhận ra
Outcome (n) /ˈaʊtkʌm/ Kết cục, kết quả
Direct (adj) /daɪˈrekt/ Trực tiếp
Monument (n) /ˈmɒnjumənt/ Đài tưởng niệm
Absorb (v) /əbˈzɔːrb/ Hấp thụ

Page
 Attract (v) /əˈtrækt/ Thu hút
Combination (n) /ˌkɒmbɪˈneɪʃn/ Sự kết hợp
Conventional (adj) /kənˈvenʃənl/ Thông thường, truyền thống
Contestant (n) /kənˈtestənt/ Thí sinh
Deserve (v) /dɪˈzɜːrv/ Xứng đáng
Minor (adj) /ˈmaɪnər/ Nhỏ, không đáng kể
Conflict (n) /ˈkɑːnflɪkt/ Cuộc xung đột
Check-up: Fill in the blank
1 We await the outcome of the election.
2 A monument to him was erected in St Paul's Cathedral.
3 I had always been attracted by the idea of working abroad.
4 Their names have been changed for the purposes of this article to protect their identities.
5 She had once been a contestant in the Miss World competition.
6 His treatment was a combination of surgery, radiation and drugs.
7 She found herself in conflict with her parents over her future career.
8 This door allows direct access from the kitchen to the garage.
9 Women played a relatively minor role in the organization.
10 He deserves to be locked up forever for what he did.
11 You can use a microwave or cook it in a conventional oven.
12 The cream is easily absorbed into the skin.

IELTS FOCUS
A. Example sentence
Question: For those who want to become artists, it is really challenging for them to have a successful career.
Most artists, (therefore/ for instance/ although), struggle to make a living if they solely depend on selling
their arts, some even become famous only after their death.
 Definition: Example sentence is a sentence showing, explaining or supporting what you say

Page
  Phrases: For instance, for example, such as, take … as an example, …to be a good case in point, to
cite an example,…

B. Contrast sentence
Question: She is quite petite, (in contrast/ in conclusion/ in fact) with her tall sister.
 Definition: Contrast sentence is a sentence showing the differences between two people or things,…
 Phrases: In contrast, by contrast, on the contrary, but, however, nevertheless, although/ even though,
despite/in spite of, while/whereas,…

Exercise 1: Translate into English

Anh ấy tin rằng thí sinh A xứng đáng dành chiến thắng. Ngược lại, tôi nghĩ rằng thí sinh B thể hiện tốt hơn
nhiều, và điều này đang gây ra một mâu thuẫn nhỏ giữa chúng tôi.
 He believes that contestant A deserved to win. On the contrary, I think contestant B performed
much better, which is causing a minor conflict between us.

Mặc cho sự thật là anh ấy có ít thời gian để tự học tại nhà, anh ấy vẫn luôn là học sinh giỏi nhất lớp trong 2 năm
vừa qua.

 Despite the fact that he has little time to self-study at home, he has remained to be the best student in
class for the past 2 years.

C. Alternative sentence
Question: The virus is mutating at a high speed. Therefore, scientists are developing an (alternative/ different/
strange) approach to treating the disease.
 Definition: Alternative sentence is a sentence that you can use if you do not want to use another one.
 Phrases: in another way, alternatively,…
Exercise 2:

Write a complete sentence from the given words.

quickest way/ be/ take/ motorway. Alternatively, there/ be/ coastal route,/ which/ be/ much prettier.

Page
  The quickest way is to take the motorway. Alternatively, there is the coastal route, which is
much prettier.

Translate into English

Tôi cảm thấy nhẹ nhõm vì có lối khác để ra ngoài; tôi không rõ mình chịu nổi thêm một chuyến đi xuyên
lòng đất nữa hay không.
 I was relieved there was another way out; I wasn't sure if I could handle another tour through
the underground.

PRACTICE
Exercise 1: Choose the correct answer
1 you study harder, you won’t win the scholarship.
A. Unless B. Because C. If D. In order that
2 The countryside air is fresh, , it’s not polluted.
A. However B. Whenever C. Moreover D. Beside
3 Our teacher explained the lesson slowly we might understand him.
A. and B. so that C. if not D. or
4 he goes to the theatre with me, I shall go alone.
A. Because of B. Because C. Unless D. When
5 His mother was sick. , Jane had to stay at home to look after her.
A. But B. However C. So D. Therefore
6 They asked me to wait for them; , he didn’t turn back.
A. but B. however C. so D. therefore
7 the darkness in the room, we couldn’t continue our studying.
A. Because of B. Since C. Although D. In spite of
8 he knew the danger of smoking, he couldn’t give it up.
A. Since B. Though C. Because of D. Despite
9 It was already 6p.m, we closed our office and went home.
A. therefore B. but C. however D. so
10 he had to take her mother to the hospital, he still attended our party yesterday.
A. Because B. In spite of C. Because of D. Although

Exercise 2: Arrange these sentences into a complete paragraph

1 Take, for instance, the case of singers.
2 Everyone needs to make a living and since sectors like science and commerce offer a lot more
job opportunities, people are turning to them.

Page
3 It is no longer the case. These days, very few people can make a decent living from arts.
4 Art was popular in the olden days when kings used to shower artists with gifts and money.
5 A lot of people can sing very well; however, in any country, there are fewer than 10 popular singers at a time.
6 Of course, a handful of artists are earning astronomical amounts of money but for the rest of artists life is
a struggle.
7 Hence, people are showing less interest in arts.
8 While these singers can make a lot of money, other unknown singers have to find another job to make
a living.
Answer: 4-3-6-1-5-8-7-2

1 The Kerala government, for example, now extensively promotes Kathakali to tourists.
2 This visibility will encourage more people to follow arts.
3 Arts should also be a subject at school so that students can discover their latent artistic talents.
4 This dance form was about to die with no one learning it, but now many people are choosing it as a career.
5 To motivate people to choose art as a career option, the government can promote programs where artists
can showcase their work through exhibitions and live events.
6 Leveraging the potential of arts as a means to attract tourists is another way to make people interested in
arts. Answer: 5-2-3-6-1-4

HOMEWORK
Homework 1: Translate into English
1 Mặc dù môi trường đóng vai trò quan trọng trong thành công của trẻ, không thể phủ nhận rằng chính tài
năng thiên bẩm của chúng mới là điều kiện tiên quyết.
 Despite the fact that environment plays an important role in children’s success, it is irrefutable that their
innate talent is prerequisite.
2 Viện dưỡng lão là môi trường lý tưởng để chăm sóc người già. Ngược lại, nếu họ ở nhà thì việc thiếu các
thiết bị y tế có thể dẫn tới các căn bệnh nguy hiểm ảnh hưởng tới sức khỏe của họ.

Page
  Nursing house is an ideal environment to take care of the old. By contrast/ on the contrary, if they are
at home, the lack of medical equipment can trigger many acute diseases affecting their health.
3 Cha mẹ, người mà quá bận rộn với công việc, thường để mặc con ở nhà một mình. Vì thế, chúng có thể bị lôi
kéo vào các tệ nạn xã hội và trở thành tội phạm.
 Parents who are pre-occupied with their job often let children be alone at home. Accordingly, they lure
into social evils and become criminal.
4 Tuy nhiên, chúng ta cần phối hợp hiệu quả nhiều biện pháp để cải thiện tình trạng ách tắc giao thông thay
vì chỉ áp dụng biện pháp tăng giá xăng một cách riêng lẻ.
 However, we need to integrate effectively many measures to improve traffic jam instead of applying
the increase of petroleum’s price solely.
5 Lấy một ví dụ, tôi bắt đầu học ngôn ngữ thứ hai ở trường tiểu học và điều đó không làm tăng áp lực học
tập của tôi chút nào.
 To cite an example, I started learning a second language at my primary school and that did not
increase my study pressure at all.
6 Một ví dụ rõ ràng là em gái tôi, mặc dù đã tốt nghiệp chuyên ngành toán, nhưng vẫn làm phóng viên cho
một tờ nhật báo.
 One clear example would be my sister who, despite her graduation in mathematics, works as a
journalist in a daily newspaper.
7 Ngoài ra, chính phủ có thể áp đặt luật để kiểm soát giá thị trường của hầu hết các mặt hàng thiết yếu.
 Alternatively, the government can impose laws to control the market price of most
essential commodities.
8 Ngược lại, kiến thức thu được từ việc đi du lịch và từ những trải nghiệm thực tế có tác động lớn hơn đến quá
trình hành động trong tương lai của chúng ta trong cuộc sống.
 By contrast, knowledge gained from travelling and from real-life experiences has a greater impact
on our future course of actions in life.
9 Mặt khác, việc sở hữu một chiếc ô tô rất tốn kém vì nó đòi hỏi chi phí đỗ xe, nhiên liệu, bảo dưỡng, bảo trì
và đổi mới hàng năm.
 On the other hand, owning a car is expensive as it requires parking, fuel, servicing, maintaining
and yearly renewal costs.
10 Mặc dù đã có những tiến bộ đáng kể trong những năm gần đây, phụ nữ vẫn phải chịu sự phân biệt đối xử
xã hội ở nhiều nước đang phát triển.

Page
  In spite of remarkable progress in recent years, women are still suffering from social discrimination in
many developing countries.

Homework 2: Arrange these sentences into a complete paragraph

1 Hence this will reduce unemployment, which is not possible if people move to cities as the populace
is already facing unemployment in the city area.
2 Therefore, building new houses in the rural area will aid in bringing new jobs for the betterment of the people.
3 Besides, people will find everything under one roof, like transportation, water, and other basic necessity,
so this will discourage migrants to move to big cities.
4 The primary reason is that it will open new doors for people.
5 This is because building new towns in the surroundings will create job opportunities for the people moving
there mainly in the area of agriculture and construction.
6 For example - Hoshangabad is the small town in Madhya Pradesh, however, there are huge industrial
opportunities for people living there, workers from cities travel to this small town for their business
purpose.
Answer: 4-5-1-3-6-2

1 As many people are not going to reside in small towns, hence, there will be less movement and minimal air
and noise abuse which consequently leads to less health and mental issues.
2 The second main reason for building homes in the provinces is less pollution and traffic jams.
3 Cities are facing high traffic congestion on roads during peak hours.
4 Thus, new buildings should be encouraged to be constructed in the countryside to save travel time and
keep oneself safe from increasing pollution.
5 Residing in a rural area has the advantage of commuting less distance which will create less pollution
and save time.
6 Therefore, people should choose to accommodate in rural
areas. Answer: 2-5-3-1-6-4

Homework 3: Write complete sentences from the given words

Page
1 At/ same time,/ open-plan layout/ can benefit/ business economically/ by reducing costs tied/
construction, utilities and office equipment./ example,/ fewer walls mean less time/ and /materials required/
create/ office space.
 At the same time, an open-plan layout can benefit the business economically by reducing costs tied to
construction, utilities and office equipment. For example, fewer walls mean less time and materials
required to create the office space.
2 Most/ factors/ that/ be/ disadvantages/ personnel are also detrimental/ business as a whole. /example,/
distractions caused/ frequent interactions among staff members and high levels/ noise can result/
decreased productivity.
 Most of the factors that are disadvantages for personnel are also detrimental to the business as a whole.
For example, the distractions caused by frequent interactions among staff members and high levels of
noise can result in decreased productivity.

Homework 4: Brainstorm ideas for the outline below and write topic sentences and examples

In today’s world of advanced science and technology, we still greatly value our artists such as musicians,
painters and writers.

What can arts tell us about life that science and technology cannot?
Outline:
Body 1: science and technology, everything on earth feasible for human beings.
Example: infrastructures, modern medicine, digital communication,… -> boost people’s living standard of
living and economic level
Suggested answer: To begin with, advent of science and technology made almost everything on earth feasible
for human beings. For instance, great infrastructures, modern medicine, digital communication and advanced
educational opportunities are bringing up people's standard of living while boosting their economic levels up to
the ladder.

Body 2:
Topic sentence: art can touch the human’s soul.
Explanation: people suffer stress, depression,.. -> art can talk to their inner soul to heal them
Example: people can easily calm down if listen to a soothing music/art exhibition

Page
Suggested answer: However, these technologies or scientific findings cannot touch the human's soul. People in
the modern world are suffering from high stress levels, depression and suicidal thoughts, sometimes they cannot
face the reality of life challenges hence most of them are breaking off easily. Only a piece of art can talk to their
inner soul to heal them. For instance, someone who has a high stress level can easily calm down their mind if
they listen to a soothing music or go to an art exhibition.

Homework 5: Choose the suitable cohensive words

Despite the negatives mentioned above, I believe that online university courses are a positive development for
various reasons. (1) Firstly/ First and foremost/ Furthermore, they allow learners to study in a flexible way,
meaning that they can work whenever and wherever is convenient, and they can cover the material at their own
pace. (2) In contrast/ In addition/ In conclusion , the cost of a university education can be greatly reduced, while
revenues for institutions may increase as more students can be taught. Finally, online learning offers open
access to anybody who is willing to study, regardless of age, location, ability and background. For (3)
comparison/ summary/ example, my uncle, who is 65 years old, has recently enrolled on an online MBA course
in a different country, which would have been impossible in the days before Internet-based education.

Page
 REVIEW (L, R, W, S)
LISTENING
Exercise 1:

common memory
woodland/woods/forest(s) hearing
tail birds
grey/gray year
humans/people water

Exercise 2:

ice age sexes

invisible extinction
infection lowland
flavour shelter
fungus/fungi cuttings

Exercise 3:

27. (senior) management/

managers
28. project request
29. meeting

Exercise 4:

1. C 6. F
2. E 7. A
3. H 8. C
4. B 9. B
5. A 10.
READING

Page
PASSAGE 1:

1. C 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. A

PASSAGE 2:

1,2. B/ C 3,4. C/ E
5,6. A/ E 7,8. A/ E
9,10. B/ D 11, 12. A/ D
13, 14. B/ E

WRITING
Exercise 1:

Background statement

While some people believe that zoos play an important role in protecting wild animals, others feel that keeping
animals locked up in such places is cruel and unnecessary.

Thesis statement

Personally, I agree with the idea that animals should not be kept in zoos and that zoos should be shut down.

Conclusion

In conclusion, though some zoos may have some positive impacts on the conservation of some certain animal
species, overall, I think they are cruel places and do more harm than good.

Exercise 2:

Body 1

 On the one hand, many people feel that zoos are useful in some regards.
 Some zoos also run breeding programs in order to try and increase the numbers of some
endangered species to avoid them becoming extinct.

Body 2

 To begin with, zoos can only hold small numbers of animals and therefore cannot protect the
large majority of species from being hunted or their habitats from being destroyed.

Page
  Furthermore, in many zoos, animals are being mistreated as they are often provided with insufficient
food and medical care, which has so far caused many animals in zoos to die because of starvation
and diseases.

SPEAKING
Students’ own answer.

Page